2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14918 52708))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14949 18706))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14918 52709))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14918 52614))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
210
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
213
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
216
217 ;;;***
218 \f
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14876
221 ;;;;;; 51516))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
234
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
264
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
290
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
293
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
305
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307
308 ;;;***
309 \f
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
322
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
326
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
343
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
351
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
370
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
378
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
384
385 ;;;***
386 \f
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14876 51524))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
391
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
400
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
402
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
408 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14918 52714))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
413 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
414 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
415 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
416 \\[yank].
417
418 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
419 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
420 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
421 the rules.
422
423 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
424 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
425 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
426 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
427
428 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
429 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
430 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
431
432 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
433 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
434 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
435
436 ;;;***
437 \f
438 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
439 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
440 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
441 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837))
442 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
443
444 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
445 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
446 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
447 as the first thing on a line.")
448
449 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
450 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
451
452 (defvar appt-audible t "\
453 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
454
455 (defvar appt-visible t "\
456 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
457
458 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
459 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
460
461 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
462 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
463
464 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
465 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
466
467 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
468 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
469 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
470
471 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
472 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
473 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
474
475 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
476 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
477
478 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
479 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
480 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
481 put in the appointments list.
482 02/23/89
483 12:00pm lunch
484 Wednesday
485 10:00am group meeting
486 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
487 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
488 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
489
490 ;;;***
491 \f
492 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
493 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14918
494 ;;;;;; 52614))
495 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
496
497 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
498 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
499
500 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
501
502 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
503 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
505 normal variables." t nil)
506
507 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
508
509 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
510 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
511 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
512 noninteractive functions.
513
514 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
515 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
516
517 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
518 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
519 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
520 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
521 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
522
523 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
524 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
525 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
526 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
527 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
528
529 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
530 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
531 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
532 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
533 bindings.
534 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
535
536 ;;;***
537 \f
538 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
539 ;;;;;; 51988))
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
541
542 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
543 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
544 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
545 Letters no longer insert themselves.
546 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
547 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
548
549 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
550 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
551 archive.
552
553 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
554
555 ;;;***
556 \f
557 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
559
560 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
561 Major mode for editing arrays.
562
563 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
564 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
565 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
566
567 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
568
569 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
570 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
571 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
572
573 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
574 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
575 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
576 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
577 The variables are:
578
579 Variables you assign:
580 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
581 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
582 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
583 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
584 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
585 row numbers in the buffer.
586
587 Variables which are calculated:
588 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
589 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
590
591 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
592 take a numeric prefix argument):
593
594 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
595 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
596 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
597 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
598
599 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
600 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
601 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
602 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
603
604 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
605 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
606 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
607 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
608
609 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
610 between that of point and mark.
611
612 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
613 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
614
615 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
616 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
617 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
618 newlines inside rows)
619
620 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
621
622 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
623
624 ;;;***
625 \f
626 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14949
627 ;;;;;; 18707))
628 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
629
630 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
631 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
632 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
633 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
634
635 How to quit artist mode
636
637 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
638
639
640 How to submit a bug report
641
642 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
643
644
645 Drawing with the mouse:
646
647 mouse-2
648 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
649 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
650 below).
651
652 mouse-1
653 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
654 or pastes:
655
656 Operation Not shifted Shifted
657 --------------------------------------------------------------
658 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
659 to new point
660 --------------------------------------------------------------
661 Line Line in any direction Straight line
662 --------------------------------------------------------------
663 Rectangle Rectangle Square
664 --------------------------------------------------------------
665 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
666 --------------------------------------------------------------
667 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
668 --------------------------------------------------------------
669 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
670 --------------------------------------------------------------
671 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
672 --------------------------------------------------------------
673 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
674 --------------------------------------------------------------
675 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
676 lines
677 --------------------------------------------------------------
678 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
681 --------------------------------------------------------------
682 Paste Paste Paste
683 --------------------------------------------------------------
684 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
685 --------------------------------------------------------------
686
687 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
688 or diagonally.
689
690 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
691 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
692 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
693 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
694 poly-lines.
695
696 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
697 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
698 overwrite means the opposite.
699
700 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
701 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
702 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
703
704 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
705
706 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
707 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
708
709 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
710 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
711 are currently drawing something.
712
713 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
714 some time to fill.
715
716
717 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
718 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
719
720
721 Settings
722
723 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
724
725 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
726
727 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
728
729 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
730
731 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
732 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
733
734 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
735
736
737 Drawing with keys
738
739 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
740 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
741 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
742 When erase characters: toggles erasing
743 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
744 When pasting: Pastes
745
746 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
747
748 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
749
750 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
751 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
752 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
753 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
754 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
755 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
756
757
758 Arrows
759
760 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
761 of the line/poly-line
762
763 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
764 of the line/poly-line
765
766
767 Selecting operation
768
769 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
770
771 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
772 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
773 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
774 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
775 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
776 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
777 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
778 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
779 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
780 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
781 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
782 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
783 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
784 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
785 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
786 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
787 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
788 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
789 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
790 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
791
792
793 Variables
794
795 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
796 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
797
798 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
799 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
800 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
801 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
802 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
803 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
804 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
805 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
806 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
807 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
808 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
809 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
810 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
811 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
812 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
813 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
814 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
815 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
816 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
817
818 Hooks
819
820 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
821 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
822
823
824 Keymap summary
825
826 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
827
828 ;;;***
829 \f
830 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
831 ;;;;;; 56561))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
833
834 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
835 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
836 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
837
838 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
839 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
840 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
841 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
842
843 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
844 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
845
846 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
847 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
848
849 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
850
851 Special commands:
852 \\{asm-mode-map}
853 " t nil)
854
855 ;;;***
856 \f
857 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
858 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
859 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
860
861 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
862 Obsolete.")
863
864 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
865 This command is obsolete." t nil)
866
867 ;;;***
868 \f
869 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
870 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
871 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
872
873 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
874 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
875 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
877 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
878
879 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
880
881 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
882
883 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
884 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
885 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
886 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
887 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
888 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
889 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
890 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
891 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
892 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
893
894 For example:
895 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
896 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
897 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
898 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
899 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
900
901 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
902
903 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
904 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
905 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
907 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
908
909 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
910
911 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
912
913 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
914 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
915 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
916 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
917 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
918 &c to supply digit arguments.
919
920 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
921
922 ;;;***
923 \f
924 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
925 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
927
928 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
929 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
930
931 ;;;***
932 \f
933 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
934 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14918 52614))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
936
937 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
938 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
939 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
940
941 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
942 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
943 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
944 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
945
946 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
947 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
948 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
950 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
951
952 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
953
954 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
955
956 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
957 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
958 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
959 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
960
961 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
962 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
963
964 ;;;***
965 \f
966 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
967 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
968 ;;;;;; (14918 52693))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
970
971 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
972 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
973 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
974
975 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
976 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
977 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
978
979 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
980 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
981 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
982
983 ;;;***
984 \f
985 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
986 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
987 ;;;;;; (14777 22132))
988 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
989
990 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
991 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
992
993 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
994 instead.")
995
996 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
997 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
998
999 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1000 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1001
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1003
1004 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1005
1006 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1007 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1008
1009 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1010 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1011 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1012
1013 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1014 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1015
1016 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1018
1019 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1020 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1021
1022 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1023 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1024 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1025
1026 ;;;***
1027 \f
1028 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1029 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14878 8496))
1030 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1031
1032 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1033 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1034 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1036 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1037
1038 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1039
1040 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1041
1042 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1043 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1044 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1045 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1046
1047 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1048 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1049 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1050
1051 Effects of the different modes:
1052 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1053 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1054 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1055 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1056 a random distance & direction.
1057 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1058 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1059 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1060
1061 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1062
1063 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1064 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1065 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1066
1067 ;;;***
1068 \f
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14876
1070 ;;;;;; 51524))
1071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1072
1073 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1074 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1075 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1076 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1077 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1078
1079 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1080
1081 ;;;***
1082 \f
1083 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1084 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1086
1087 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1088 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1089
1090 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1091 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1092
1093 For example:
1094
1095 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1096 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1097 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1098 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1099
1100 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1101
1102 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1103
1104 ;;;***
1105 \f
1106 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1107 ;;;;;; (14821 31343))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1109
1110 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1111 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1112 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1113 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1116 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1117 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1118 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1119 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1120 seconds." t nil)
1121
1122 ;;;***
1123 \f
1124 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
1125 ;;;;;; 7809))
1126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1127
1128 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1129 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1130
1131 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1132 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1133 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1134 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1135 message.
1136
1137
1138 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1139
1140 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1141 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1142 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1143 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1144 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1145
1146 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1147 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1148 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1149 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1150 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1151 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1152
1153 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1154 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1155 BibTeX mode.
1156
1157
1158 Special information:
1159
1160 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1161
1162 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1163 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1164 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1165 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1166 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1167 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1168 current field.
1169 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1170 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1171
1172 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1173 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1174 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1175 bibtex-entry-format.
1176 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1177 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1178 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1179
1180 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1181 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1182
1183 The following may be of interest as well:
1184
1185 Functions:
1186 bibtex-entry
1187 bibtex-kill-entry
1188 bibtex-yank-pop
1189 bibtex-pop-previous
1190 bibtex-pop-next
1191 bibtex-complete-string
1192 bibtex-complete-key
1193 bibtex-print-help-message
1194 bibtex-generate-autokey
1195 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1196 bibtex-end-of-entry
1197 bibtex-reposition-window
1198 bibtex-mark-entry
1199 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1200 bibtex-ispell-entry
1201 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1202 bibtex-sort-buffer
1203 bibtex-validate
1204 bibtex-count
1205 bibtex-fill-entry
1206 bibtex-reformat
1207 bibtex-convert-alien
1208
1209 Variables:
1210 bibtex-field-delimiters
1211 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1212 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1213 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1214 bibtex-entry-format
1215 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1216 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1217 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1218 bibtex-predefined-strings
1219 bibtex-string-files
1220
1221 ---------------------------------------------------------
1222 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1223 non-nil.
1224
1225 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1226
1227 ;;;***
1228 \f
1229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14850 31627))
1230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1231
1232 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1233
1234 ;;;***
1235 \f
1236 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1237 ;;;;;; 27947))
1238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1239
1240 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1241 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1242 the default is 4.
1243
1244 What is blackbox?
1245
1246 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1247 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1248 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1249 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1250 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1251 your score.
1252
1253 Overview of play:
1254
1255 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1256 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1257 four.
1258
1259 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1260 movement keys.
1261
1262 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1263 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1264
1265 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1266 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1267
1268 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1269 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1270 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1271 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1272 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1273 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1274
1275 Details:
1276
1277 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1278
1279 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1280 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1281 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1282 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1283
1284 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1285 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1286 denoted by the letter `R'.
1287
1288 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1289 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1290 denoted by the letter `H'.
1291
1292 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1293 example.
1294
1295 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1296 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1297 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1298 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1299 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1300 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1301 ray.
1302
1303 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1304 degree deflection it causes.
1305
1306 1
1307 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1308 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1309 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1310 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1311 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1312 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1313 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1314 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1315 2 3
1316
1317 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1318 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1319
1320
1321 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1322 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1323 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1324 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1325 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1326 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1327 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1328 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1329
1330 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1331 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1332 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1333 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1334 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1335 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1336 emerging from the box.
1337
1338 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1339
1340 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1341 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1342 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1343 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1344 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1345 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348
1349 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1350 a reflection." t nil)
1351
1352 ;;;***
1353 \f
1354 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1355 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1356 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1357 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1358 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1359 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14949 18604))
1360 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1361 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1362 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1363 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1364
1365 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1366 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1367 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1368 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1369 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1370 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1371
1372 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1373
1374 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1375
1376 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1377
1378 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1379
1380 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1381
1382 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1383
1384 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1385
1386 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1387
1388 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1389
1390 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1391
1392 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1393
1394 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1395
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1397
1398 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1399 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1400 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1401 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1402 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1403 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1404 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1405 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1406 recent one.
1407
1408 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1409 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1410 yank successive words.
1411
1412 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1413 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1414 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1415 name of the file being visited.
1416
1417 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1418 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1419 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1420
1421 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1422 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1423 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1424 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1425 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1426 this.
1427
1428 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1429 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1430 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1431 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1432
1433 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1434 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1435 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1436 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1437 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1438
1439 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1440 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1441 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1442 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1443
1444 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1445
1446 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1447 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1448 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1449 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1450
1451 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1452 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1453 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1454
1455 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1456 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1457 name." t nil)
1458
1459 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1460 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1461 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1462 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1463 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1464 this." t nil)
1465
1466 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1467 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1468 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1469 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1470 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1471 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1472 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1473 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1474
1475 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1476 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1477 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1478
1479 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1480 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1481 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1482 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1483 \(second argument).
1484
1485 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1486 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1487 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1488 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1489 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1490
1491 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1492 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1493 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1494 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1495
1496 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1497 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1498 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1499 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1500 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1501 while loading.
1502
1503 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1504 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1505 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1506 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1507 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1508 explicitly.
1509
1510 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1511 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1512 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1513 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1514
1515 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1516 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1517 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1518 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1519 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1520
1521 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1522
1523 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1524
1525 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1526 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1527 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1528 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1529 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1530 this.
1531
1532 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1533 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1534 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1535
1536 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1537 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1538 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1539 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1540 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1541 this.
1542
1543 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1544 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1545 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1546
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1549 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1550
1551 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1552 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1553 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1554
1555 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1556 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1557 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1558 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1559 prompts for NEWNAME.
1560 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1561 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1562 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1563
1564 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1565 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1566 name.
1567
1568 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1569 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1570 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1571
1572 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1573 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1574 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1575 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1576 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1577 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1578
1579 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1580 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1581 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1582
1583 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1584
1585 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1586
1587 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1588
1589 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1590
1591 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1592
1593 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1594
1595 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1596
1597 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1598
1599 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1600
1601 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1602
1603 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1604
1605 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1610 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1611 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1612 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1613 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1614 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1615 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1616 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1617 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14949 18695))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1619
1620 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1621 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1622 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1623 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1624
1625 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1626 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1627 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1628 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1629 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1630
1631 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1632 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1633 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1634 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1635 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1636
1637 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1638 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1639
1640 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1641 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1642 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1643
1644 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1645 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1646
1647 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1648 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1649 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1650 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1651 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1652 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1653
1654 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1655 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1656 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1657 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1658 narrowed." t nil)
1659
1660 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1661 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1662
1663 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1664 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1665
1666 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1667 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1668 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1669 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1670
1671 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1672 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1673 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1674 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1675
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1678 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1679 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1680 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1681 to use." t nil)
1682
1683 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1684 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1685 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1686 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1687
1688 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1689 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1690 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1691 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1692
1693 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1694 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1695
1696 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1697 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1698 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1699 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1700
1701 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1702 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1703 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1704 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1705
1706 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1707 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1708
1709 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1710 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1711
1712 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1713 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1714 program is invoked according to the variable
1715 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1716
1717 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1718 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1719 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1720 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1721
1722 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1723 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1724
1725 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1726 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1727 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1728
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1730 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1731 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1732 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1733
1734 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1735 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1736 Default to the URL around or before point.
1737
1738 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1739 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1740 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1741
1742 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1743 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1744 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1745 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1746
1747 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1748 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1749
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1751 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1753
1754 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1755 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1756 Default to the URL around or before point.
1757
1758 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1759 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1760 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1761
1762 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1763 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1764
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1767 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1768 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1769
1770 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1771 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1772 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1773 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1774 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1775
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1779 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1780
1781 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1782 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1783 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1784 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1785
1786 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1787 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1788
1789 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1790 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1791 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1792
1793 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1794 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1795 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1796 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1797 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1798 current one.
1799
1800 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1801 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1802 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1803 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1804
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1807
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1811 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1812 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1813 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1814
1815 ;;;***
1816 \f
1817 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1818 ;;;;;; 42538))
1819 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1820
1821 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1822 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1823
1824 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1825 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1826
1827 ;;;***
1828 \f
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1830 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14918 52614))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1832
1833 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1834 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1835 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1836 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1837
1838 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1839 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1840 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1841 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1842
1843 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1844 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1845
1846 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1847 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1848 \\<bs-mode-map>
1849 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1850 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1851 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1852 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1853
1854 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1855 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1856 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1857 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1858 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1859
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1863 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1864 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1865 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14949 18686))
1866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1867
1868 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1869 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1870 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1871
1872 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1873 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1874 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1875 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1876
1877 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1878 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1879 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1880 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1881
1882 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1883
1884 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1885 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1888 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1889 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1890 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1891 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1892
1893 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1894 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1895 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1896 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1899 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1900 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1901
1902 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1903 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1904 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1905 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1906 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1907 all functions called by those functions.
1908
1909 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1910 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1911 cons, etc.).
1912
1913 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1914 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1915 invoked interactively." t nil)
1916
1917 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1918 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1919 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1920 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1921 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1922 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1923
1924 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1926 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1927 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1928
1929 ;;;***
1930 \f
1931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1933
1934 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1935
1936 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1937
1938 ;;;***
1939 \f
1940 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1941 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1943
1944 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1945 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1946 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1947 from the cursor position." t nil)
1948
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14949
1952 ;;;;;; 18604))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1954
1955 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1956 Run the Emacs calculator.
1957 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1958
1959 ;;;***
1960 \f
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1962 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1963 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1964 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1965 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1966 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1967 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1968 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1969 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1970 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1971 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1972 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1973 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1974 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1975 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1976 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1977 ;;;;;; (14949 18685))
1978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1979
1980 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1981 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1982 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1983
1984 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1985 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1986 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1987 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1988 the screen.")
1989
1990 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1991 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1992 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1993 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1994 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1995
1996 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1997 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1998 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
1999 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2000 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2001 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2002 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2003
2004 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2005 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2006 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2007 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2008 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2009
2010 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2011 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2012 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2013
2014 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2015 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2016 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2017
2018 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2019 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2020 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2021
2022 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2023 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2024 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2025 displayed.")
2026
2027 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2028 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2029 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2030
2031 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2032 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2033 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2034
2035 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2036
2037 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2038 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2039 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2040
2041 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2042 calendar.")
2043
2044 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2045 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2046 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2047
2048 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2049 calendar.")
2050
2051 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2052 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2053 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2054
2055 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2056 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2057 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2058 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2059 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2060
2061 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2062 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2063 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2064 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2065 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2066 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2067 a function is also provided for this:
2068 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2069
2070 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2071 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2072 date is not visible in the window.
2073
2074 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2075 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2076 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2077
2078 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2079 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2080
2081 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2082 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2083 date is visible in the window.
2084
2085 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2086 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2087 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2088
2089 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2090 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2091
2092 For example,
2093
2094 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2095
2096 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2097
2098 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2099 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2100
2101 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2102
2103 MONTH/DAY
2104 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2105 MONTHNAME DAY
2106 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2107 DAYNAME
2108
2109 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2110 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2111 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2112 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2113 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2114 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2115 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2116 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2117 respectively.
2118
2119 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2120 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2121 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2122
2123 DAY/MONTH
2124 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2125 DAY MONTHNAME
2126 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2127 DAYNAME
2128
2129 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2130 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2131
2132 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2133 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2134 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2135 window but will appear in a diary window.
2136
2137 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2138 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2139
2140 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2141 entries (in the default American style):
2142
2143 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2144 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2145 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2146 21: Payday
2147 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2148 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2149 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2150 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2151 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2152 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2153 &* 15 time cards due.
2154
2155 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2156 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2157 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2158 single diary entry
2159
2160 02/11/1989
2161 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2162 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2163 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2164 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2165 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2166 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2167
2168 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2169 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2170 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2171
2172 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2173
2174 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2175
2176 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2177 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2178 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2179 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2180 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2181 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2182 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2183 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2184 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2185
2186 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2187 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2188 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2189 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2190 for these functions for details.
2191
2192 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2193 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2194
2195 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2196 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2197
2198 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2199 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2200
2201 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2202 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2203
2204 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2205 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2206 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2207
2208 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2209 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2210 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2211
2212 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2213 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2214 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2215 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2216
2217 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2218 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2219 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2220 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2221
2222 DAY/MONTH
2223 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2224 DAY MONTHNAME
2225 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2226 DAYNAME
2227
2228 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2229 characters with or without a period.")
2230
2231 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2232 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2233 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2234
2235 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2236 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2238
2239 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2240 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2241 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2242
2243 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2244 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2245 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2246
2247 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2248 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2249 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2250 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2251 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2252 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2253
2254 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2255 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2256 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2257
2258 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2259 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2260 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2261 of the form
2262
2263 #include \"filename\"
2264
2265 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2266 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2267 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2268 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2269 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2270
2271 For example, you could use
2272
2273 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2274 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2275 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2276
2277 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2278 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2279 lexicographic order.")
2280
2281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2282 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2284
2285 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2286 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2287 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2288 diary display.
2289
2290 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2291 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2292 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2293 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2294 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2295 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2296 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2297
2298 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2299 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2300 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2301 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2302 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2303 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2304 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2305 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2306
2307 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2309 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2310 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2311 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2313
2314 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2315 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2316
2317 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2318 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2319 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2320 of the form
2321 #include \"filename\"
2322 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2323 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2324 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2325 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2326 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2327
2328 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2329 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2330 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2331 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2332 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2333 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2334
2335 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2336 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2337 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2338 are holidays.")
2339
2340 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2341 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2342 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2343 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2344 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2345
2346 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2347
2348 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2349 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2350 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2351
2352 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2353
2354 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2355 *Oriental holidays.
2356 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2357
2358 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2359
2360 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2361 *Local holidays.
2362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2363
2364 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2365
2366 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2367 *User defined holidays.
2368 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2369
2370 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2371
2372 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2373
2374 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2375
2376 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2377
2378 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2379
2380 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2381
2382 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2383
2384 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2385
2386 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2387
2388 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2389 *Jewish holidays.
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2391
2392 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2393
2394 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2395 *Christian holidays.
2396 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2397
2398 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2399
2400 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2401 *Islamic holidays.
2402 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2403
2404 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2405
2406 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2407 *Sun-related holidays.
2408 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2409
2410 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2411
2412 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2413 The frame set up of the calendar.
2414 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2415 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2416 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2417 any other value the current frame is used.")
2418
2419 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2420 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2421 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2422
2423 ;;;***
2424 \f
2425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14918 52714))
2426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2427
2428 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2429 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2430
2431 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2432 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2433
2434 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2435 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2436
2437 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2438 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2439
2440 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2441 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2442
2443 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2444 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2445
2446 ;;;***
2447 \f
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2449 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2450 ;;;;;; (14918 52714))
2451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2452
2453 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2454
2455 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2456 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2457 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2458 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2459 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2460 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2461
2462 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2463
2464 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2465 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2466 run first.
2467
2468 Key bindings:
2469 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2472 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2473 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2474 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2475 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2476 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2477 message.
2478
2479 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2480
2481 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2482 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2483 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2484
2485 Key bindings:
2486 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2489 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2490 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2491 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2492 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2493 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2494 message.
2495
2496 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2497
2498 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2499 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2500 is run first.
2501
2502 Key bindings:
2503 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2506 Major mode for editing Java code.
2507 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2508 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2509 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2510 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2511 message.
2512
2513 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2514
2515 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2516 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2517 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2518 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2519 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2520
2521 Key bindings:
2522 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2525 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2526 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2527 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2528 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2529 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2530 message.
2531
2532 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2533
2534 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2535 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2536 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2537
2538 Key bindings:
2539 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2540
2541 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2542 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2543 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2544 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2545 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2546 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2547 message.
2548
2549 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2550
2551 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2552 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2553 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2554
2555 Key bindings:
2556 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2557
2558 ;;;***
2559 \f
2560 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2561 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14918 52714))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2563
2564 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2565 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2566 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2567 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2568 for details of setting up styles.
2569
2570 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2571 style name.
2572
2573 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2574 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2575 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2576 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2577 will be reassigned.
2578
2579 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2580 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2581 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2582
2583 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2584 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2585 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2586 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2587
2588 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2589
2590 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2591 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2592 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2593
2594 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2595 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2596 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2597 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2598 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2599
2600 ;;;***
2601 \f
2602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14918 52714))
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2604
2605 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2606 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2607 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2608 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2609 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2610
2611 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2612 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2613
2614 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2615 `infodock'.")
2616
2617 ;;;***
2618 \f
2619 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2620 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2621 ;;;;;; (14949 18693))
2622 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2623
2624 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2625 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2626
2627 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2628 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2629
2630 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2631 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2632
2633 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2634 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2635 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2636 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2637 execution.
2638
2639 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2640
2641 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2642 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2643
2644 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2645 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2646 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2647 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2648
2649 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2650 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2651 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2652 `write' commands.
2653
2654 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2655 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2656 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2657 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2658
2659 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2660 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2661 semantics.
2662
2663 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2664
2665 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2666
2667 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2668
2669 STATEMENT :=
2670 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2671 | TRANSLATE | END
2672
2673 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2674 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2675 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2676 | integer
2677
2678 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2679
2680 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2681 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2682 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2683
2684 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2685 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2686 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2687
2688 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2689 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2690
2691 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2692 BREAK := (break)
2693
2694 REPEAT :=
2695 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2696 (repeat)
2697 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2698 ;; (repeat))
2699 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2700 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2701 ;; (read REG)
2702 ;; (repeat))
2703 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2704 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2705 ;; (read REG)
2706 ;; (repeat))
2707 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2708
2709 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2710 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2711 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2712 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2713 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2714 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2715 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2716 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2717 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2718 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2719 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2720 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2721 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2722 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2723 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2724 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2725
2726 WRITE :=
2727 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2728 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2729 ;; representation.
2730 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2731 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2732 ;; (write r7))
2733 | (write EXPRESSION)
2734 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2735 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2736 ;; representation.
2737 | (write integer)
2738 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2739 ;; buffer.
2740 | (write string)
2741 ;; Same as: (write string)
2742 | string
2743 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2744 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2745 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2746 ;; representation.
2747 | (write REG ARRAY)
2748 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2749 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2750 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2751 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2752 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2753 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2754
2755 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2756 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2757
2758 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2759 END := (end)
2760
2761 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2762 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2763 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2764
2765 ARG := REG | integer
2766
2767 OPERATOR :=
2768 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2769 + | - | * | / | %
2770
2771 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2772 | & | `|' | ^
2773
2774 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2775 | << | >>
2776
2777 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2778 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2779 | <8
2780
2781 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2782 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2783 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2784 | >8
2785
2786 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2787 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2788 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2789 | //
2790
2791 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2792 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2793
2794 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2795 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2796 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2797 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2798 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2799 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2800 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2801 | de-sjis
2802
2803 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2804 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2805 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2806 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2807 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2808 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2809 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2810 ;; byte of SJIS.
2811 | en-sjis
2812
2813 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2814 ;; Same meaning as C code
2815 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2816
2817 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2818 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2819 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2820 | <8=
2821
2822 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2823 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2824 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2825
2826 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2827 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2828 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2829 | //=
2830
2831 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2832
2833
2834 TRANSLATE :=
2835 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2836 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2837 MAP :=
2838 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2839 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2840 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2841 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2842 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2843 MAP-ID := integer
2844 " nil (quote macro))
2845
2846 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2847 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2848 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2849 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2850 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2851 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2852
2853 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2854 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2855 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2856
2857 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2858
2859 ;;;***
2860 \f
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2862 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2863 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2864 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2865 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2866 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2867 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2868 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2869 ;;;;;; (14876 51517))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2871
2872 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2873 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2874 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2875 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2878 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2879 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2880 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2881 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2882 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2883 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2884 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2887 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2888 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2889 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2890 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2891 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2892 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2893 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2896 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2897 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2898 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2899 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2900
2901 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2902 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2903 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2904 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2905 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2906
2907 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2908 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2909 Only documentation strings are checked.
2910 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2912 a separate buffer." t nil)
2913
2914 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2915 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2917 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2918 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2921 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2923 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2924 if there is one.
2925 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2928 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2929 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2932 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2933 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2934 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2935 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2938 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2939 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2940 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2941 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2942 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2945 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2946 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2950 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2951 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2952 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2953
2954 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2955 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2956 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2957 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2958
2959 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2960 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2961 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2962 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2963
2964 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2965 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2966 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2967 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2968
2969 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2971 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2972 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2973
2974 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2975 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2976 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2977 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2978
2979 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2980 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2981 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2982 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2983
2984 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2985 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2986 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2987 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2988
2989 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2990 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2991 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2992
2993 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2994 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2995 checking of documentation strings.
2996
2997 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
2998
2999 ;;;***
3000 \f
3001 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3002 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3003 ;;;;;; 45987))
3004 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3005
3006 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3007 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3008 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3009
3010 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3011 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3012
3013 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3014 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3015 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3016
3017 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3018 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3019
3020 ;;;***
3021 \f
3022 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3023 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14918 52614))
3024 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3025
3026 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3027 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3028 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3029 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3030 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3031 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3032
3033 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3034 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3035 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3036 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3037 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3038
3039 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3040
3041 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3042 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3043 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3044 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3045 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3046
3047 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3048 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3049 \\{command-history-map}
3050
3051 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3052 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3053
3054 ;;;***
3055 \f
3056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14949 18686))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3058
3059 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3060 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3061 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3062 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3063 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3064 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3065
3066 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3067 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3068
3069 ;;;***
3070 \f
3071 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3072 ;;;;;; (14918 52693))
3073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3074
3075 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3076
3077 ;;;***
3078 \f
3079 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3080 ;;;;;; (14837 50477))
3081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3082
3083 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3084 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3085 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3086 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3087
3088 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3089 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3090 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3091
3092 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3093 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3094
3095 ;;;***
3096 \f
3097 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14876
3098 ;;;;;; 51454))
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3100
3101 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3102 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3103 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3104 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3105 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3106 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3107 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3108 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3109
3110 ;;;***
3111 \f
3112 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3113 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3114 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14918 52705))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3116
3117 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3118 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3119 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3120 ASCII table.
3121
3122 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3123 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3124 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3125 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3126
3127 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3128 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3129 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3130
3131 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3132 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3133 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3134
3135 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3136 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3137 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3138
3139 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3140 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3141
3142 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3143 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3144 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3145
3146 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3147 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3148
3149 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3150 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3151
3152 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3153 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3154 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3155
3156 ;;;***
3157 \f
3158 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3159 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3160 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3161 ;;;;;; (14949 18604))
3162 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3163
3164 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3165 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3166 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3167 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3168 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3169 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3170 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3171 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3172
3173 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3174
3175 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3176 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3177 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3178 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3179 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3180 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3181 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3182 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3183
3184 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3185
3186 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3187 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3188 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3189 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3190 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3191 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3192
3193 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3194 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3195 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3196
3197 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3200 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3201 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3202
3203 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3204
3205 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3206 Send COMMAND to current process.
3207 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3208 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3209
3210 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3211 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3212 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3213 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3214
3215 ;;;***
3216 \f
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3218 ;;;;;; 22146))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3220
3221 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3222 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3223 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3224 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3225
3226 This command pushes the mark in each window
3227 at the prior location of point in that window.
3228 If both windows display the same buffer,
3229 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3230 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3231
3232 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3233 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3234 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3235
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3239 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3240 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3241 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14918 52714))
3242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3243
3244 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3245 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3246
3247 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3248 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3249
3250 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3251 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3252 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3253 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3254 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3255
3256 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3257 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3258 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3259 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3260 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3261
3262 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3263 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3264 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3265 describing how the process finished.")
3266
3267 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3268 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3269 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3270 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3271
3272 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3273 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3274 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3275
3276 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3277 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3278 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3279 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3280
3281 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3282 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3283 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3284 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3285
3286 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3287 and move to the source code that caused it.
3288
3289 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3290 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3291
3292 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3293 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3294 Then start the next one.
3295
3296 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3297 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3298 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3299
3300 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3301 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3302 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3303 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3304 where grep found matches.
3305
3306 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3307 easily repeat a grep command.
3308
3309 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3310 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3311 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3312 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3313
3314 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3315 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3316 Collect output in a buffer.
3317 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3318 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3319
3320 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3321 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3322
3323 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3324 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3325 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3326 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3327 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3328
3329 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3330
3331 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3332 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3333 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3334 See `compilation-mode'.
3335 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3336
3337 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3338 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3339 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3340 See `compilation-mode'.
3341 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3342
3343 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3344 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3345
3346 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3347 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3348
3349 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3350 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3351 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3352 and start at the first error.
3353
3354 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3355 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3356 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3357 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3358 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3359 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3360
3361 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3362 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3363 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3364
3365 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3366 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3367 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3368
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3372 ;;;;;; (14876 51454))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3374
3375 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3376 Toggle Partial-Completion mode on or off.
3377 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3379 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3380
3381 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3382
3383 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3384
3385 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3386 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3387 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3388
3389 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3390 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3391 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3392 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3393
3394 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3395 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3396 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3397 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3398
3399 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3400 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3401 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3402 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3403
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3407 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3408 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3409
3410 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3411 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3412
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3416 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3417 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3418 ;;;;;; (14949 18604))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3420
3421 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3422 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3423 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3424 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3425 `make-composition'.
3426
3427 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3428
3429 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3430 | | 1:tc or top-center
3431 | | 2:tr or top-right
3432 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3433 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3434 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3435 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3436 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3437 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3438
3439 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3440 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3441 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3442 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3443 be added.
3444
3445 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3446 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3447 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3448
3449 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3450 | | |
3451 | global| |
3452 | glyph | |
3453 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3454 +----+--*--+
3455 | | new |
3456 | |glyph|
3457 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3458 ")
3459
3460 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3461 Compose characters in the current region.
3462
3463 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3464
3465 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3466 specifying the region.
3467
3468 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3469 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3470
3471 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3472 of the text in the region.
3473
3474 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3475
3476 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3477 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3478 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3479 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3480
3481 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3482 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3483 detail.
3484
3485 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3486 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3487 text in the composition." t nil)
3488
3489 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3490 Decompose text in the current region.
3491
3492 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3493 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3494
3495 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3496 Compose characters in string STRING.
3497
3498 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3499 the characters in it.
3500
3501 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3502 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3503 STRING respectively.
3504
3505 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3506 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3507 `compose-region' for more detail.
3508
3509 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3510 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3511 text in the composition." nil nil)
3512
3513 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3514 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3515
3516 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3517 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3518 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3519 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3520 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3521 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3522 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3523 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3524
3525 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3526 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3527
3528 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3529 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3530
3531 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3532 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3533
3534 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3535 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3536
3537 If no composition is found, return nil.
3538
3539 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3540 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3541
3542 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3543 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3544 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3545
3546 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3547
3548 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3549
3550 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3551 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3552 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3553
3554 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3555
3556 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3557
3558 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3559 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3560
3561 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3562 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3563 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3564 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3565 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3566 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3567 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3568 nil.
3569
3570 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3571 is:
3572 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3573 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3574
3575 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3576
3577 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3578 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3579
3580 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3581
3582 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3583 Compose last characters.
3584 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3585 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3586 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3587 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3588 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3589 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3590 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3591 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3592 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3593 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3594 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3595
3596 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3597 Convert CHAR to string.
3598 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3599
3600 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3601 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3602 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3603
3604 ;;;***
3605 \f
3606 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3607 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3609
3610 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3611 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3612 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3613
3614 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3615 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3616 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3617
3618 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3619 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3620 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3621 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3622
3623 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3624 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3625
3626 ;;;***
3627 \f
3628 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (14949 18686))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3631
3632 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3633 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3634 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3635 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3636 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3637 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3638
3639 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3640 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3641
3642 ;;;***
3643 \f
3644 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3645 ;;;;;; (14949 18706))
3646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3647
3648 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3651 Tab indents for Perl code.
3652 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3654
3655 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3656 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3657 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3658 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3659 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3660 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3661 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3662 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3663 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3664 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3665 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3666 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3667
3668 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3669
3670 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3671 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3672
3673 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3674
3675 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3676 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3677 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3678 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3679 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3680 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3681 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3682 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3683 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3684
3685 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3686
3687 bite if angry;
3688
3689 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3690 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3691 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3692 to nil.)
3693
3694 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3695 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3696 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3697
3698 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3699
3700 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3701 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3702 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3703 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3704 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3705
3706 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3707
3708 if (A) { B }
3709
3710 into
3711
3712 B if A;
3713
3714 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3715
3716 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3717 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3718 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3719 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3720 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3721 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3722 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3723 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3724 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3725 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3726 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3727 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3728 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3729
3730 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3731 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3732 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3733 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3734 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3735 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3736
3737 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3738 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3739 man via menu.
3740
3741 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3742 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3743 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3744 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3745 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3746
3747 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3748 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3749 span the needed amount of lines.
3750
3751 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3752 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3753 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3754 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3755
3756 Variables controlling indentation style:
3757 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3758 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3759 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3760 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3761 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3762 `cperl-auto-newline'
3763 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3764 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3765 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3766 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3767 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3768 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3769 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3770 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3771 `cperl-indent-level'
3772 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3773 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3774 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3775 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3776 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3777 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3778 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3779 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3780 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3781 `cperl-brace-offset'
3782 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3783 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3784 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3785 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3786 `cperl-label-offset'
3787 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3788 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3789 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3790
3791 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3792 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3793 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3794 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3795 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3796
3797 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3798 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3799 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3800 \(both available from menu).
3801
3802 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3803 column 0 is indented on
3804 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3805
3806 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3807 with no args.
3808
3809 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3810 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3811 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3812
3813 ;;;***
3814 \f
3815 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3816 ;;;;;; (14726 41840))
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3818
3819 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3820 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3821 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3822 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3823 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3824
3825 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3826 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3827
3828 ;;;***
3829 \f
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3831 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3833
3834 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3835 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3836 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3837 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3838
3839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3840 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3841
3842 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3843
3844 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3845
3846 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3847 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3848 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3849
3850 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3851
3852 ;;;***
3853 \f
3854 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3855 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3857
3858 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3859 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3860 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3861 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3862
3863 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3864 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3865 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3866 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3867
3868 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3869 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3870 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3871
3872 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3873 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3874 'bob', and 'eve'.
3875
3876 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3877 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3878 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3879
3880 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3881
3882 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3883 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3884 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3885
3886 ;;;***
3887 \f
3888 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3889 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3890 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3891 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3892 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3893 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3894 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3895 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3896 ;;;;;; (14949 18604))
3897 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3898 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3899
3900 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3901 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3902
3903 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3904 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3905
3906 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3907 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3908
3909 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3912 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3913
3914 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3915 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3916
3917 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3918 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3919
3920 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3921 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3922
3923 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3924 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3925
3926 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3929 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3930 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3931 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3932
3933 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3934 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3935
3936 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3937 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3938
3939 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3940 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3941
3942 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3945 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3946 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3947 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3948 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3949
3950 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3951 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3954 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3955
3956 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3957
3958 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3959 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3962 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3963 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3964 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3965 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3966
3967 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3968 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3969 version." t nil)
3970
3971 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3972
3973 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3974 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3975 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3978 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3979 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3982 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3985 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3988 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3991 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3992 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3993 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3994 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3995 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3996 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3999 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4000 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4001
4002 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4003 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4006 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4007
4008 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4009 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4010 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4011 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4012 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4013 that option." nil nil)
4014
4015 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4016 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4017 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4018 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4019 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4020 that option." nil nil)
4021
4022 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4023 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4024
4025 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4026 File used for storing customization information.
4027 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4028 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4029 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4030
4031 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4032 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4033 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4034 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4035
4036 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4037 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4040 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4044 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4045
4046 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4047 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4048 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4049 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4050 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4051
4052 ;;;***
4053 \f
4054 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4055 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14918 52615))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4057
4058 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4059 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4060
4061 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4062 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4063 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4064
4065 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4066
4067 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4068 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4069 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4070
4071 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4072
4073 ;;;***
4074 \f
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4076 ;;;;;; (14918 52617))
4077 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4078
4079 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4080 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4081
4082 ;;;***
4083 \f
4084 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4085 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4087
4088 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4089 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4090
4091 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4092 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4093 C++ modes are included.
4094
4095 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4098 Turn on CWarn mode.
4099
4100 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4101 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4104 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4105
4106 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4107
4108 ;;;***
4109 \f
4110 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4111 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4112 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
4113 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4114
4115 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4116 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4117
4118 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4119 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4120
4121 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4122 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4123 For readability, the table is slightly
4124 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4125
4126 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4127 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4128 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4129 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4130 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4131
4132 ;;;***
4133 \f
4134 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4135 ;;;;;; (14918 52617))
4136 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4137
4138 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4139
4140 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4141
4142 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4143 Completion on current word.
4144 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4145 and presents suggestions for completion.
4146
4147 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4148 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4149 completions.
4150
4151 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4152 then it searches *all* buffers.
4153
4154 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4155 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4158 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4159
4160 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4161 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4162 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4163 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4164 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4165
4166 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4167 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4168
4169 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4170 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4171 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4172
4173 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4174 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4175
4176 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
4181 ;;;;;; 38927))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4183
4184 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4185 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4186
4187 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4188 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4189 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4190
4191 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4192 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4193 Data lines are not indented.
4194
4195 Key bindings:
4196
4197 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4198 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4199
4200 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4201 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4202 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4203 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4204
4205 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4206
4207 dcl-basic-offset
4208 Extra indentation within blocks.
4209
4210 dcl-continuation-offset
4211 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4212
4213 dcl-margin-offset
4214 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4215
4216 dcl-margin-label-offset
4217 Indentation for a label.
4218
4219 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4220 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4221
4222 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4223 dcl-block-end-regexp
4224 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4225 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4226 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4227 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4228 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4229
4230 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4231 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4232 Two such functions are included in the package:
4233 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4234 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4235
4236 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4237 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4238 One such function is included in the package:
4239 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4240
4241 dcl-tab-always-indent
4242 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4243 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4244 margin.
4245
4246 dcl-electric-characters
4247 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4248 typed.
4249
4250 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4251 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4252 which words trigger electric indentation.
4253
4254 dcl-tempo-comma
4255 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4256 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4257 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4258
4259 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4260 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4261 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4262 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4263
4264 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4265 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4266 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4267 dcl-imenu-label-call
4268 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4269
4270 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4271 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4272 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4273 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4274
4275
4276 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4277
4278 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4279 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4280 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4281 $ i = 1
4282 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4283 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4284 $ label:
4285 $ if i.eq.1
4286 $ then
4287 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4288 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4289 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4290 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4291 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4292 \"lined up with the command line\"
4293 $ type sys$input
4294 Data lines are not indented at all.
4295 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4296 $ endif
4297 $
4298 " t nil)
4299
4300 ;;;***
4301 \f
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4303 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4305
4306 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4307
4308 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4309 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4310 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4311 of the evaluator.
4312
4313 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4314 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4315 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4316
4317 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4318 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4319 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4320 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4321 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4322 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4323 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4324
4325 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4326 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4327 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4328
4329 ;;;***
4330 \f
4331 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4332 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4334
4335 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4336 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4339 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4340 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4341 Upper-case letters are commands.
4342
4343 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4344 modify it.
4345
4346 The most useful commands are:
4347 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4348 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4349 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4350 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4351 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4352 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4353
4354 ;;;***
4355 \f
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4357 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14850
4358 ;;;;;; 31625))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4360
4361 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4362 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4363
4364 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4365 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4366
4367 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4368
4369 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4370 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4371
4372 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4373
4374 ;;;***
4375 \f
4376 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
4377 ;;;;;; 12112))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4379
4380 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4381 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4382 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4383 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4384 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4385 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4386
4387 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4388
4389 Customization:
4390
4391 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4392 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4393 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4394 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4395 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4396 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4397 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4398 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4399 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4400 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4401 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4402 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4403 blank line.
4404 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4405 Directories to search when finding external units.
4406 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4407 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4408
4409 Coloring:
4410
4411 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4412 Face used to color delphi comments.
4413 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4414 Face used to color delphi strings.
4415 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4416 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4417 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4418 Face used to color everything else.
4419
4420 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4421 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4422
4423 ;;;***
4424 \f
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14876
4426 ;;;;;; 51457))
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4428
4429 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4430
4431 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4432 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4433 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4434 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4435 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4436
4437 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4438
4439 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4440
4441 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4442 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4443 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4444 positive.
4445
4446 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4447 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4448 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4449 any selection." t nil)
4450
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4454 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14918 52618))
4455 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4456
4457 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4458 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4459
4460 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4461
4462 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4463 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4464 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4465 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4466 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4467 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4468 hooks for the new mode.
4469
4470 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4471
4472 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4473
4474 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4475 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4476 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4477
4478 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4479 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4480
4481 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4482 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4483 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4484
4485 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4486 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4487
4488 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4489 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4490 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4491 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4492 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4493
4494 ;;;***
4495 \f
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4497 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4499
4500 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4501 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4502 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4503
4504 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4505 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4506 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4507 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4508
4509 ;;;***
4510 \f
4511 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4512 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4513 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4514 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4515 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4516 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4517 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4518 ;;;;;; (14776 10060))
4519 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4520
4521 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4522 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4523 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4524
4525 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4526 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4527 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4528
4529 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4530 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4531 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4532 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4533
4534 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4535 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4536 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4537 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4538
4539 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4540 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4541
4542 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4543 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4544 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4545
4546 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4547 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4548
4549 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4550
4551 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4552
4553 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4554
4555 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4556 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4557
4558 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4559
4560 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4561 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4562
4563 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4564
4565 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4566
4567 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4572 ;;;;;; (14918 52692))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4574
4575 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4576 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4577 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4578 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4579 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4580
4581 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4582 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4583 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4584
4585 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4586 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4587 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4588 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4589
4590 #!/bin/sh
4591 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4592 emacs -batch \\
4593 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4594 european-calendar-style t \\
4595 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4596 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4597 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4598
4599 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4600 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4601 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4602 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4603
4604 ;;;***
4605 \f
4606 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4607 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4608 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4609
4610 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4611 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4612
4613 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4614 *The command to use to run diff.")
4615
4616 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4617 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4618 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4619 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4620 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4621
4622 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4623 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4624 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4625 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4626 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4627
4628 ;;;***
4629 \f
4630 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4631 ;;;;;; (14876 51457))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4633
4634 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4635 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4636 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4637 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4638 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4639 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4640
4641 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4642 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4643 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4644
4645 ;;;***
4646 \f
4647 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4648 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4649 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4650 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4651 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14949 18608))
4652 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4653
4654 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4655 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4656 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4657 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4658 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4659
4660 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4661 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4662
4663 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4664 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4665 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4666 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4667 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4668
4669 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4670 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4671
4672 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4673 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4674 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4675 always set this variable to t.")
4676
4677 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4678 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4679 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4680 A value of t means move to first file.")
4681
4682 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4683 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4684 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4685 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4686 are afterward marked with that character.")
4687
4688 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4689 *Controls marking of copied files.
4690 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4691 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4692
4693 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4694 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4695 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4696 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4697
4698 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4699 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4700 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4701 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4702
4703 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4704 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4705 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4706 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4707
4708 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4709
4710 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4711 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4712 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4713 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4714
4715 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4716 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4717 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4718 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4719 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4720 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4721 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4722 list of files to make directory entries for.
4723 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4724 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4725 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4726 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4727
4728 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4729 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4732 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4734
4735 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4736 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4737
4738 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4739 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4740
4741 ;;;***
4742 \f
4743 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4744 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4745 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4746 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4747 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4748 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4749 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4750 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4751 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4752 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4753 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4754 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4755 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14918 52618))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4757
4758 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4759 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4760 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4761 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4762 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4763 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4764
4765 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4766 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4767 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4768 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4769 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4770 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4773 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4774 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4775
4776 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4777 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4778
4779 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4780 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4781
4782 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4783 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4784 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4785 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4786
4787 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4788 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4789 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4790 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4791 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4792
4793 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4794
4795 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4796 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4797 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4798
4799 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4800 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4801 instead of att the end of the command.
4802
4803 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4804 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4805 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4806
4807 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4808 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4809
4810 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4811 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4812
4813 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4814 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4815 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4816 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4817 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4818 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4819
4820 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4821
4822 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4823 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4824
4825 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4826 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4827
4828 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4829 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4830
4831 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4832 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4833 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4834 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4837
4838 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4839
4840 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4841
4842 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4843
4844 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4845
4846 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4847 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4848
4849 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4850 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4851 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4852 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4853 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4854 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4855 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4856
4857 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4858 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4859 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4860 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4861 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4862 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4863
4864 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4865 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4866 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4867 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4868 and new hard links are made in that directory
4869 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4870
4871 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4872 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4873 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4874 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4875
4876 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4877 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4878 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4879 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4880 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4881 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4882
4883 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4884 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4885
4886 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4887 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4888 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4889
4890 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4891 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4892 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4893
4894 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4895 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4896 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4897
4898 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4899 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4900
4901 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4902 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4903
4904 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4905 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4906 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4907 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4908 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4909 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4910 this subdirectory.
4911 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4912
4913 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4914 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4915 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4916 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4917 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4918 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4919 this subdirectory.
4920 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4923 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4924 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4925
4926 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4927 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4928 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4929 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4930
4931 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4932 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4933 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4934 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4935
4936 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4937 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4938 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4939
4940 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4941 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4942
4943 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4944 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4945
4946 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4947 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4948 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4949 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4950
4951 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4952 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4953 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4954 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4957 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4958 Stops when a match is found.
4959 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4962 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4963 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4964 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4965 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4966
4967 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4968 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4969 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4970 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4971
4972 ;;;***
4973 \f
4974 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14949 18608))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4976
4977 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4978 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4979 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4980 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4981 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4982 buffer and try again." t nil)
4983
4984 ;;;***
4985 \f
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714))
4987 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4988
4989 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4990 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4991 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4992
4993 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4994
4995 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4996 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4997
4998 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4999 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5000 " nil nil)
5001
5002 ;;;***
5003 \f
5004 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5005 ;;;;;; 9615))
5006 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5007
5008 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5009 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5010 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5011 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5012 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5013 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5014
5015 ;;;***
5016 \f
5017 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5018 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5019 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5020 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5021 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5023
5024 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5025 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5026
5027 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5028 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5029 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5030 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5031 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5032
5033 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5034 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5035 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5036 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5037 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5040 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5041
5042 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5043 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5044
5045 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5046 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5047
5048 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5049 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5050
5051 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5052 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5055 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5056 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5057 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5058
5059 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5060 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5061 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5062 X frame." nil nil)
5063
5064 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5065 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5068 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5071 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5072
5073 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5074 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5075 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5076 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5077
5078 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5079 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5080 European character display.
5081
5082 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5083 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5084 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5085 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5086
5087 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5088 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5089 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5090 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5091 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5092
5093 ;;;***
5094 \f
5095 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5096 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5098
5099 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5100 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5101 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5102 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5103 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5104 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5105 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5106 Default is 2." t nil)
5107
5108 ;;;***
5109 \f
5110 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5112
5113 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5114 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5115
5116 ;;;***
5117 \f
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5119 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5121
5122 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5123 Toggle Double mode.
5124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5125 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5126
5127 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5128
5129 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5130
5131 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5132 Toggle Double mode.
5133 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5134
5135 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5136 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5137
5138 ;;;***
5139 \f
5140 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
5141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5142
5143 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5144 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5145
5146 ;;;***
5147 \f
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5149 ;;;;;; (14876 51518))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5151
5152 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5153 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5154
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5158 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5159 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14918 52693))
5160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5161
5162 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5163
5164 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5165 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5166 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5167 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5168
5169 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5170 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5171 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5172 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5173 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5174 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5175 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5176 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5177 used (see below).
5178
5179 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5180 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5181 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5182 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5183 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5184 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5185 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5186 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5187 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5188
5189 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5190 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5191 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5192 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5193 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5194 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5195
5196 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5197 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5198 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5199 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5200 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5201 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5202 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5205
5206 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5207 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5208 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
5209 " nil (quote macro))
5210
5211 ;;;***
5212 \f
5213 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5214 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14918
5215 ;;;;;; 52693))
5216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5217
5218 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5219
5220 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5221 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5222 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5223 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5224
5225 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5226 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5227
5228 :filter FUNCTION
5229
5230 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5231 menu displayed.
5232
5233 :visible INCLUDE
5234
5235 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5236 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5237
5238 :active ENABLE
5239
5240 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5241 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5242
5243 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5244
5245 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5246
5247 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5248
5249 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5250 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5251
5252 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5253 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5254
5255 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5256
5257 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5258
5259 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5260
5261 :keys KEYS
5262
5263 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5264 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5265 computed automatically.
5266 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5267
5268 :key-sequence KEYS
5269
5270 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5271 menu item.
5272 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5273 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5274 keyboard equivalent.
5275
5276 :active ENABLE
5277
5278 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5279 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5280
5281 :included INCLUDE
5282
5283 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5284 expression has a non-nil value.
5285
5286 :suffix FORM
5287
5288 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5289 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5290
5291 :style STYLE
5292
5293 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5294 defined:
5295
5296 toggle: A checkbox.
5297 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5298 radio: A radio button.
5299 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5300 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5301 menu bar itself.
5302 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5303
5304 :selected SELECTED
5305
5306 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5307 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5308
5309 :help HELP
5310
5311 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5312
5313 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5314 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5315 as a solid horizontal line.
5316
5317 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5318
5319 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5320
5321 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5322 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5323 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5324 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5325
5326 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5327 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5328 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5329 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5330 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5331 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5332
5333 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5334 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5335 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5336
5337 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5338 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5339
5340 ;;;***
5341 \f
5342 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5343 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5344 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5345 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5346 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14918 52714))
5347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5348
5349 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5350 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5353 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5354
5355 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5356 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5357 it to the printer.
5358
5359 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5360 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5361 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5362 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5363
5364 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5365 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5366 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5367
5368 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5369 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5370 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5371 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5372
5373 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5376 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5377 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5378
5379 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5380
5381 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5382 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5383
5384 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5385 The EPS file name has the following form:
5386
5387 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5388
5389 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5390 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5391
5392 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5393 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5394 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5395 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5396
5397 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5398
5399 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5400 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5401
5402 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5403 The EPS file name has the following form:
5404
5405 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5406
5407 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5408 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5409
5410 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5411 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5412 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5413 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5414
5415 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5416
5417 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5418
5419 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5420 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5421
5422 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5423 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5424
5425 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5426 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5427
5428 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5429 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5430
5431 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5432 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5433
5434 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5435 Set STYLE to current style.
5436
5437 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5438
5439 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5440 Reset current style.
5441
5442 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5443
5444 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5445 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5446
5447 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5450 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5451
5452 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5457 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5458 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14918
5459 ;;;;;; 52714))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5461
5462 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5463 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5464 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5465 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5466 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5467 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5468
5469 Tree mode key bindings:
5470 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5473 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5476 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5477 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5478 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5479 completion." t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5482 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5483 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5484 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5487 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5488 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5489
5490 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5491 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5492 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5493 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5494
5495 ;;;***
5496 \f
5497 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5498 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5500
5501 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5502 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5503 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5504 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5505
5506 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5507 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5508 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5509
5510 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5511 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5512 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5513
5514 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5515
5516 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5517
5518 ;;;***
5519 \f
5520 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5521 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5522 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5523
5524 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5525 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5526 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5527
5528 ;;;***
5529 \f
5530 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5531 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5533
5534 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5535 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5536 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5537 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5538 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5539
5540 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5541 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5542 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5543 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5544
5545 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5546 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5547 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5548 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5549
5550 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5551 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5552 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5553 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5554
5555 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5556
5557 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5558 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5559 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5560 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5561 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5562
5563 ;;;***
5564 \f
5565 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5566 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5567 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5568 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5569 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5570 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5571 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5572 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5573 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5574 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14921 47235))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5576
5577 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5578 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5579
5580 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5581 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5582
5583 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5584
5585 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5586
5587 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5588 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5589
5590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5591
5592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5594
5595 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5596
5597 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5598 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5599 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5600 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5601
5602 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5603
5604 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5605 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5606 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5607 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5608
5609 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5610
5611 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5612 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5613 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5614 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5615
5616 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5617
5618 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5619 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5620 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5621 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5622
5623 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5624
5625 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5626 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5627 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5628 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5629 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5630 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5631
5632 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5633 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5634 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5635 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5636
5637 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5638
5639 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5640 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5641 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5642 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5643
5644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5645
5646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5647
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5651 follows:
5652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5654
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5656 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5657 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5658 follows:
5659 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5660 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5663 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5664 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5665 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5666 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5667
5668 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5669 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5670 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5671 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5672 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5673 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5674
5675 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5676
5677 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5678 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5679
5680 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5681 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5682
5683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5684
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5686 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5687
5688 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5689 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5692 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5693 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5694 buffer." t nil)
5695
5696 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5697 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5698 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5699 buffer." t nil)
5700
5701 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5702 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5703 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5704 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5705
5706 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5707 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5708 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5709 and don't ask the user.
5710 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5711 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5712
5713 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5714 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5715 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5716 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5717 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5718 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5719
5720 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5721
5722 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5723
5724 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5725 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5726 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5727 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5728 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5729
5730 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5731
5732 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5733 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5734 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5737 Display Ediff's manual.
5738 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5739
5740 ;;;***
5741 \f
5742 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5743 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5745
5746 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5747
5748 ;;;***
5749 \f
5750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14777 22189))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5752
5753 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5754
5755 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser..."))))
5756
5757 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5758
5759 ;;;***
5760 \f
5761 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5762 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5763 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5764
5765 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5766 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5767
5768 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5769
5770 ;;;***
5771 \f
5772 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5773 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14876 51458))
5774 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5775
5776 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5777 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5778 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5779 which see." t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5782 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5783 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5784 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5785
5786 ;;;***
5787 \f
5788 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5789 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5790 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5791 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5792 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5793
5794 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5795 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5796 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5797
5798 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5799 Edit a keyboard macro.
5800 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5801 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5802 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5803 its command name.
5804 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5807 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5810 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5813 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5814 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5815 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5816 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5817 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5818
5819 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5820 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5821 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5822 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5825 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5826 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5827 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5828 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5829 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5830
5831 ;;;***
5832 \f
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5834 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14949 18690))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5836
5837 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5838 Set scroll margins.
5839 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5840 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5841
5842 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5843 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5844
5845 ;;;***
5846 \f
5847 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5848 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
5849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5850
5851 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5852 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5853 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5854 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5855 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5856 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5857 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5858 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5859
5860 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5861 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5862
5863 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5864 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5865 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5866 this value is non-nil.
5867
5868 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5869 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5870 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5871
5872 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5873 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5874 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5877
5878 ;;;***
5879 \f
5880 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5881 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14918 52693))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5883
5884 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5885 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5886
5887 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5888 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5889 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5890 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5891 from the documentation string if possible.
5892
5893 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5894 instead.
5895
5896 This variable is buffer-local.")
5897
5898 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5899 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5900
5901 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5902
5903 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5904 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5905 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5906
5907 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5908 of the mode.
5909 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5910 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5911
5912 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5913 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5914
5915 ;;;***
5916 \f
5917 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14777
5918 ;;;;;; 22205))
5919 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5920
5921 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5922 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5923
5924 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5925 an elided material again.
5926
5927 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5928
5929 ;;;***
5930 \f
5931 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5932 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5934
5935 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5936 Initialize elint." t nil)
5937
5938 ;;;***
5939 \f
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5941 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14850
5942 ;;;;;; 31626))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5944
5945 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5946 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5947 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5948
5949 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5950 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5951 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5952
5953 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5954 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5955 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5956
5957 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5958
5959 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5960 Display current profiling results.
5961 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5962 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5963 displayed." t nil)
5964
5965 ;;;***
5966 \f
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5968 ;;;;;; (14850 36350))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5970
5971 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5972 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5973 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5974
5975 ;;;***
5976 \f
5977 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5978 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5979 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5980 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5981 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
5982 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5983
5984 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5985
5986 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5987
5988 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5989
5990 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5991
5992 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5993
5994 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5995
5996 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5997
5998 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5999
6000 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6001
6002 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6003 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6004
6005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6006 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6007
6008 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6009 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6010
6011 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6012 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6013
6014 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6015
6016 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6017
6018 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6023 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6024
6025 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6026 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6027
6028 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6029
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6033 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6035
6036 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6037 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6038 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6039
6040 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6041 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6042 automatically.
6043
6044 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6045 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6046 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6047
6048 ;;;***
6049 \f
6050 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6051 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14918 52618))
6052 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6053
6054 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6055 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6056 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6057 text/enriched format.
6058 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6059
6060 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6061 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6062
6063 Commands:
6064
6065 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6066
6067 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6068
6069 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6070
6071 ;;;***
6072 \f
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14845
6074 ;;;;;; 20873))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6076
6077 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6078 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6079
6080 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6081
6082 ;;;***
6083 \f
6084 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6085 ;;;;;; 20873))
6086 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6087
6088 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6089 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6090
6091 ;;;***
6092 \f
6093 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6094 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 12923))
6095 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6096
6097 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6098 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6099 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6100 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6101 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6102 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6103 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6104
6105 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6106 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6107 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6108
6109 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6110 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6111 The result might be any Lisp object.
6112 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6113 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6114 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6115
6116 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6117 Report a bug in Eshell.
6118 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6119 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6124 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6125 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6126 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6127 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
6128 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14949
6129 ;;;;;; 18706))
6130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6131
6132 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6133 *File name of tags table.
6134 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6135 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6136 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6137 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6138
6139 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6140 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6141 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6142 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6143
6144 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6145 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6146 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6147 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6148 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6149 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6150
6151 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6152 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6153 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6154 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6155 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6156
6157 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6158 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6159 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6160 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6161
6162 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6163 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6164 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6165 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6166 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6167
6168 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6169 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6170 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6171 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6172
6173 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6174 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6175 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6176 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6177 file the tag was in." t nil)
6178
6179 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6180 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6181 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6182 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6183 without directory names." nil nil)
6184
6185 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6186 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6187 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6188 but does not select the buffer.
6189 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6190
6191 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6192 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6193 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6194 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6195 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6196
6197 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6198
6199 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6200 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6201 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6202
6203 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6204
6205 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6206 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6207 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6208 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6209
6210 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6211 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6212 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6213 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6214 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6215
6216 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6217
6218 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6219 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6220 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6221
6222 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6223 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6224
6225 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6226 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6227 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6228 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6229 around or before point.
6230
6231 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6232 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6233 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6234 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6235 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6236
6237 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6238
6239 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6240 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6241 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6242
6243 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6244 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6245
6246 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6247 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6248 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6249 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6250 around or before point.
6251
6252 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6253 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6254 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6255 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6256 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6257
6258 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6259
6260 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6261 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6262 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6263
6264 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6265 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6266
6267 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6268 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6269 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6270
6271 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6272 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6273 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6274 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6275 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6276
6277 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6278
6279 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6280 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6281 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6282
6283 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6284 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6285 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6288 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6289
6290 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6291 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6292 where they were found." t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6295 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6296
6297 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6298 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6299 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6300
6301 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6302 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6303
6304 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6305 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6306
6307 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6308 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6309 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6310 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6311
6312 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6313 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6314 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6315 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6316 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6317 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6318
6319 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6320 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6321 Stops when a match is found.
6322 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6323
6324 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6325
6326 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6327 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6328 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6329 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6330 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6331
6332 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6333
6334 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6335 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6336 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6337 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6338 directory specification." t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6341 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6342
6343 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6344 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6345 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6346 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6347
6348 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6349 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6350 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6351 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6352 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6353
6354 ;;;***
6355 \f
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6357 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6358 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6359 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6360 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6361 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6362 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6363 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6365
6366 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6369 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6370 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6371 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6372
6373 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6374 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6375 language.
6376
6377 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6378 even if the buffer is read-only.
6379
6380 See also the descriptions of the variables
6381 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6382 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6383
6384 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6386
6387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6389
6390 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6391 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6392 language.
6393
6394 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6395 buffer is read-only.
6396
6397 See also the descriptions of the variables
6398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6399 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6400
6401 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6402 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6403 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6404
6405 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6406 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6407
6408 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6409 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6410
6411 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6412 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6413
6414 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6415 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6416 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6417 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6418
6419 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6420 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6421 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6422 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6423
6424 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6425 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6426 the primary language.
6427
6428 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6429 buffer is read-only.
6430
6431 See also the descriptions of the variables
6432 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6433 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6434
6435 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6436 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6437 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6438 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6439
6440 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6441 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6442 primary language.
6443
6444 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6445 buffer is read-only.
6446
6447 See also the descriptions of the variables
6448 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6449 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6450
6451 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6452 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6453 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6454
6455 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6456 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6457
6458 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6459 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6460 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6461 3) convert the body into SERA.
6462
6463 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6464
6465 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6466 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6467 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6468
6469 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6470 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6473 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6474
6475 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6476 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6477 be 1, 2, or 3.
6478
6479 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6480 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6481 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6482
6483 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6484
6485 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6486 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6487
6488 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6489 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6490 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6491
6492 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6493 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6494
6495 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6496 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6497
6498 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6499 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6500
6501 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6502 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6503
6504 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6505 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6508 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6509
6510 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6511 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6512
6513 ;;;***
6514 \f
6515 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6516 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6517 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6519
6520 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6521 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6522 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6523 server for future sessions." t nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6526 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6529 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6530
6531 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6532 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6533 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6534 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6535 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6536 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6537 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6538 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6539 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6540 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6541 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6542 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6543
6544 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6545 Display a form to query the directory server.
6546 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6547 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6548
6549 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6550 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6551 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6552
6553 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6554
6555 ;;;***
6556 \f
6557 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6558 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6559 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14876 51524))
6560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6561
6562 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6563 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6564
6565 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6566 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6569 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6572 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6573
6574 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6575 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6576
6577 ;;;***
6578 \f
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6580 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6582
6583 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6584 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6585 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6586
6587 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6588 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6589
6590 ;;;***
6591 \f
6592 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6593 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6594 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6595
6596 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6597 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6598
6599 ;;;***
6600 \f
6601 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6602 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6603 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652))
6604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6605
6606 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6607 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6608 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6611 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6612 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6613 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6614 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6615 executable." t nil)
6616
6617 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6618 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6619 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6620
6621 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6622 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6623 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6624 file modes." nil nil)
6625
6626 ;;;***
6627 \f
6628 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6629 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6630 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6631
6632 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6633 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6634 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6635 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6636
6637 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6638
6639 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6640 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6641 to generate such functions.
6642
6643 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6644 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6645 beginning of the expanded text.
6646
6647 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6648 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6649 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6650 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6651
6652 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6653
6654 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6655 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6656 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6657
6658 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6659 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6660 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6661 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6662 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6663
6664 ;;;***
6665 \f
6666 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6668
6669 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6670 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6671
6672 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6673 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6674 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6675
6676 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6677
6678 Key definitions:
6679 \\{f90-mode-map}
6680
6681 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6682
6683 f90-do-indent
6684 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6685 f90-if-indent
6686 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6687 f90-type-indent
6688 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6689 f90-program-indent
6690 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6691 (default 2)
6692 f90-continuation-indent
6693 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6694 f90-comment-region
6695 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6696 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6697 f90-indented-comment-re
6698 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6699 (default \"!\")
6700 f90-directive-comment-re
6701 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6702 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6703 f90-break-delimiters
6704 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6705 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6706 f90-break-before-delimiters
6707 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6708 (default t)
6709 f90-beginning-ampersand
6710 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6711 f90-smart-end
6712 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6713 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6714 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6715 f90-auto-keyword-case
6716 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6717 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6718 f90-leave-line-no
6719 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6720 f90-startup-message
6721 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6722 f90-keywords-re
6723 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6724
6725 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6726 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6727
6728 ;;;***
6729 \f
6730 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6731 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6732 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6733 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6734 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14918 52618))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6736 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6737 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6738
6739 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6740 Menu keymap for faces.")
6741
6742 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6743
6744 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6745 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6746
6747 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6748
6749 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6750 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6751
6752 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6753
6754 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6755 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6756
6757 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6758
6759 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6760 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6761
6762 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6763
6764 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6765 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6766
6767 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6768
6769 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6770 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6771
6772 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6773
6774 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6775
6776 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6777
6778 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6779
6780 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6781 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6782 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6783 will not show through at all will be removed.
6784
6785 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6786
6787 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6788 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6789
6790 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6791 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6792 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6795 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6796 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6797 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6798 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6799 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6800 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6801 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6802
6803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6804 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6805 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6806 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6807 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6808 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6809 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6810 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6811
6812 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6813 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6814 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6815 is the menu item's name.
6816
6817 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6818 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6819
6820 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6821 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6822 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6823
6824 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6825 Make the region invisible.
6826 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6827 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6828
6829 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6830 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6831 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6832 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6833
6834 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6835 Make the region unmodifiable.
6836 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6837 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6838
6839 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6840 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6841
6842 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6843 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6844
6845 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6846 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6847 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6850 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6851
6852 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6853 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6856 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6857 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6858 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6859 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6860
6861 ;;;***
6862 \f
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6864 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6866
6867 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6868 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6869 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6870 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6871
6872 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6873
6874 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6875 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6876 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6877
6878 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6879 - When you save the file's buffer.
6880 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6881 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6882 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6883 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6884
6885 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6886
6887 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6888 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6889 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6890 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6891
6892 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6893 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6894
6895 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6896
6897 ;;;***
6898 \f
6899 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6900 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6901 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14918 52706))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6903
6904 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6905 A function which is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
6906 To use it, you probably want something like this in your .emacs or
6907 similar place:
6908
6909 (setq send-mail-function 'feedmail-send-it)
6910 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it \"feedmail\")" nil nil)
6911
6912 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6913 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6914
6915 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6916 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6917 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6918 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6921 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6922 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6923 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6924 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6925
6926 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6927 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6928 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6929 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6930 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6931 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6932 internally by feedmail):
6933
6934 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6935 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6936 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6937 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6938
6939 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6940 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6941 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6942 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6943 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6944
6945 ;;;***
6946 \f
6947 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
6948 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14949 18608))
6949 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6950
6951 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6952 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6953 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6954 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6955 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6956 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6957 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6960 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6961 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6962 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6963 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6964 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6965 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6966
6967 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6968 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6969
6970 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6971 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6972 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6973 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6974 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6975 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6976
6977 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6978 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6979 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6980 Return value:
6981 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6982 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6983 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6986 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6987
6988 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
6989 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
6990
6991 ;;;***
6992 \f
6993 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6994 ;;;;;; (14918 52618))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6996
6997 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6998 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6999 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7000 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7001 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7002 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7003 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7004 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7005 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7006 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7007
7008 ;;;***
7009 \f
7010 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7011 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093))
7012 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7013
7014 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7015 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7016 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7017 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7018 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7019
7020 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7021 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7022 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7023 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7024
7025 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7026 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7027 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7028
7029 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7030
7031 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7032 as the final argument." t nil)
7033
7034 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7035 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7036 and run dired on those files.
7037 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7038 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7039
7040 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7043 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7044 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7045
7046 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7047
7048 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7049
7050 ;;;***
7051 \f
7052 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7053 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7054 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7055 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7056
7057 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7058 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7059 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7060
7061 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7062
7063 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7064 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7065 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7066
7067 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7068 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7069
7070 Variables of interest include:
7071
7072 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7073 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7074 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7075
7076 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7077 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7078 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7079
7080 - `ff-ignore-include'
7081 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7082
7083 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7084 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7085
7086 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7087 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7088
7089 - `ff-special-constructs'
7090 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7091 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7092 extracting the filename from that construct.
7093
7094 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7095 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7096
7097 - `ff-search-directories'
7098 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7099 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7100
7101 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7102 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7103
7104 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7105 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7106
7107 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7108 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7109
7110 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7111 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7112
7113 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7114 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7117 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7120 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7121
7122 ;;;***
7123 \f
7124 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7125 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7126 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7127 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7128 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7129 ;;;;;; (14876 51517))
7130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7131
7132 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7133 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7134
7135 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7136 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7137 not selected.
7138
7139 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7140 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7141 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7142
7143 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7144 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7145
7146 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7147 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7148 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7149 it is one of the current buffers.
7150
7151 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7152 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7153 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7156 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7157
7158 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7161 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7162
7163 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7166 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7167
7168 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7169 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7170 not selected.
7171
7172 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7173 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7176 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7177
7178 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7179 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7180 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7181 it is one of the current buffers.
7182
7183 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7184 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7185 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7186
7187 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7188 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7189
7190 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7193 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7194
7195 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7198 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7199 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7202 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7203
7204 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7205 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7206
7207 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7208 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7209
7210 ;;;***
7211 \f
7212 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7213 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14876 51458))
7214 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7215
7216 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7217 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7220 Display FILE's commentary section.
7221 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7224 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7225
7226 ;;;***
7227 \f
7228 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7229 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7230 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7231
7232 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7233 Toggle flow control handling.
7234 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7235 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7238 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7239 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7240 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7241 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7242 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7243
7244 ;;;***
7245 \f
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7247 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7248 ;;;;;; (14949 18707))
7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7250
7251 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7252 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7253 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7254
7255 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7256 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7257
7258 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7259
7260 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7261 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7262 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7263 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7264 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7265 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7266
7267 Bindings:
7268 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7269 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7270 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7271
7272 Hooks:
7273 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7274
7275 Remark:
7276 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7277 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7278 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7279
7280 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7281 consider adding:
7282 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7283 in your .emacs file.
7284
7285 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7286
7287 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7288
7289 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7290
7291 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7292 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7293
7294 ;;;***
7295 \f
7296 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7297 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7298 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7299 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7300
7301 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7302 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7303
7304 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7305 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7308 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7309
7310 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7311 of two major techniques:
7312
7313 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7314 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7315 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7316
7317 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7318 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7319 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7320 movement commands.
7321
7322 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7323 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7324 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7325 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7326 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7327 mileage may vary).
7328
7329 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7330 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7331
7332 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7333
7334 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7335 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7336 \(This is the default.)
7337
7338 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7339 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7340
7341 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7342 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7345 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7346
7347 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7348 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7349 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7350 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7351 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7352 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7353
7354 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7355 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7356 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7357
7358 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7359 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7360 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7361
7362 ;;;***
7363 \f
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7365 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7366 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (14949 18612))
7367 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7368
7369 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7370
7371 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7372 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7373 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7374 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7375
7376 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7377
7378 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7379 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7380 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7381 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7382
7383 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7384 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7385
7386 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7387 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7388
7389 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7390
7391 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7392 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7393 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7394
7395 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7396
7397 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7398 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7399 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7400 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7401 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7402 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7403
7404 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7405 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7406
7407 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7408 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7409
7410 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7411 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7412 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7413
7414 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7415 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7416
7417 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7418 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7419 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7420
7421 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7422 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7423 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7426 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7427
7428 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7429 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7430 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7431 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7432 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7433 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7434 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7435 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7436 end of the current highlighting list.
7437
7438 For example:
7439
7440 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7441 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7442 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7443
7444 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7445 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7446
7447 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7448 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7449 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7450
7451 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7452 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7453
7454 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7455 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7456
7457 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7458 Toggle Global-Font-Lock mode on or off.
7459 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7461 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7462
7463 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7464
7465 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7466
7467 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7468 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7469 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7470 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7471 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7474 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7475
7476 ;;;***
7477 \f
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7479 ;;;;;; (14949 18693))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7481
7482 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7483 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7484 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7485 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7486 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7487
7488 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7489 compatibility.
7490
7491 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7492 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7493
7494 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7495
7496 ;;;***
7497 \f
7498 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7499 ;;;;;; 9680))
7500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7501
7502 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7503 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7504 \\<message-mode-map>
7505 key binding
7506 --- -------
7507
7508 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7509 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7510 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7511 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7512 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7513 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7514 " t nil)
7515
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7519 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7521
7522 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7523 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7524
7525 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7526 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7527 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7528 C-c < forms-first-record <
7529 C-c > forms-last-record >
7530 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7531 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7532 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7533 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7534 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7535 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7536 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7537 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7538 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7539 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7540 " t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7543 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7544
7545 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7546 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7547
7548 ;;;***
7549 \f
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7551 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14949 18706))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7553
7554 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7555 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7556 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7557 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7558 with a character in column 6.")
7559
7560 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7561 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7562 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7563 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7564
7565 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7566 Fortran keywords.
7567
7568 Key definitions:
7569 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7570
7571 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7572
7573 `comment-start'
7574 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7575 set this to the string \"!\".
7576 `fortran-do-indent'
7577 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7578 `fortran-if-indent'
7579 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7580 `fortran-structure-indent'
7581 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7582 (default 3)
7583 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7584 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7585 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7586 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7587 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7588 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7589 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7590 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7591 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7592 (for TAB format continuation style).
7593 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7594 indentation for a line of code.
7595 (default 'fixed)
7596 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7597 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7598 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7599 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7600 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7601 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7602 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7603 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7604 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7605 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7606 column 5. (default 1)
7607 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7608 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7609 statements. (default nil)
7610 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7611 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7612 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7613 statement. (default nil)
7614 `fortran-continuation-string'
7615 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7616 line. (default \"$\")
7617 `fortran-comment-region'
7618 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7619 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7620 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7621 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7622 as typed. (default t)
7623 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7624 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7625 (default t)
7626
7627 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7628 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7629
7630 ;;;***
7631 \f
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7633 ;;;;;; (14918 52619))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7635
7636 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7637 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7638
7639 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7640 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7641
7642 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7643 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7644 function.
7645
7646 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7647 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7648 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7649 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7650 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7651 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7652
7653 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7654 Each keyword should be a string.
7655
7656 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7657 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7658
7659 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7660 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7661 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7662
7663 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7664
7665 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7666
7667 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7668 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7669 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7670 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7671
7672 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7673 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7674
7675 ;;;***
7676 \f
7677 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7678 ;;;;;; (14918 52715))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7680
7681 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7682 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7683 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7684 at places they belong to." t nil)
7685
7686 ;;;***
7687 \f
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7689 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14876 51520))
7690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7691
7692 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7693 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7696 Read network news.
7697 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7698 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7699 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7700 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7701 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7702
7703 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7704 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7705
7706 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7707 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7708
7709 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7710 Read network news.
7711 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7712 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7713 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7714
7715 ;;;***
7716 \f
7717 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7718 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7719 ;;;;;; (14876 51518))
7720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7721
7722 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7723 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7724
7725 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7726 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7729 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7730 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7731 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7732
7733 \(gnus-agentize)
7734
7735 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7736 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7737 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7738
7739 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7740 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7741
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7743
7744 ;;;***
7745 \f
7746 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7747 ;;;;;; (14929 50170))
7748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7749
7750 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7751 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7752
7753 ;;;***
7754 \f
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7756 ;;;;;; (14918 52696))
7757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7758
7759 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7760 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7761
7762 ;;;***
7763 \f
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7765 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14876
7766 ;;;;;; 51518))
7767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7768
7769 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7770 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7771
7772 Usage:
7773 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7776 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7777
7778 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7779 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7780
7781 ;;;***
7782 \f
7783 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7784 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14876 51518))
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7786
7787 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7788 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7789 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7790
7791 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7792 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7793
7794 ;;;***
7795 \f
7796 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7797 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7799
7800 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7801
7802 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7803 Run batched scoring.
7804 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7805
7806 ;;;***
7807 \f
7808 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7809 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14876 51518))
7810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7811
7812 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7813
7814 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7815 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7816
7817 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7818
7819 ;;;***
7820 \f
7821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7822 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7823 ;;;;;; (14876 51518))
7824 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7825
7826 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7827 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7828 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7829 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7830 group parameters.
7831
7832 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7833 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7834 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7835 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7836
7837 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7838 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7839 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7840 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7841 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7842 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7843 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7844 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7845 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7846 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7849 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7850 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7851
7852 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7853 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7854
7855 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7856 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7857 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7858
7859 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7860
7861 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7862 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7863 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7864
7865 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7866
7867 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7868 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7869 existing groups are considered.
7870
7871 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7872 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7873 returned.
7874
7875 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7876 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7877 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7878 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7879 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7880 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7881 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7882 clauses will be generated.
7883
7884 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
7885 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
7886 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
7887 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
7888 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
7889 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
7890
7891 For example, given the following group parameters:
7892
7893 nnml:mail.bar:
7894 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7895 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7896 nnml:mail.foo:
7897 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7898 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7899 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7900 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7901 nnml:mail.others:
7902 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7903
7904 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7905
7906 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7907 \"mail.bar\")
7908 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7909 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7910 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7911
7912 ;;;***
7913 \f
7914 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7915 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7916 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7917
7918 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7919 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7920 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7921
7922 ;;;***
7923 \f
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14918
7925 ;;;;;; 52696))
7926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7927
7928 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7929 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7930 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7931 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7932
7933 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7934
7935 ;;;***
7936 \f
7937 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7938 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
7939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7940
7941 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7942 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7943 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7944 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7945 part is ignored.
7946
7947 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7948 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7949 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7950
7951 ;;;***
7952 \f
7953 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7954 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7956
7957 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7958 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7959 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7960 for matching on group names.
7961
7962 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7963 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7964
7965 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7966
7967 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7968
7969 ;;;***
7970 \f
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7972 ;;;;;; (14876 51520))
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7974
7975 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7976 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7977
7978 ;;;***
7979 \f
7980 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7981 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14876 51520))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7983
7984 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7985 Unload all Gnus features.
7986 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7987 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7988 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7989
7990 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7991 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7996 ;;;;;; (14918 52704))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7998
7999 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8000 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8001
8002 ;;;***
8003 \f
8004 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839))
8005 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8006
8007 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8008 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8009 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8010 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8011 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8012
8013 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8014 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8015 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8016
8017 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8018 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8019 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8020
8021 ;;;***
8022 \f
8023 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8024 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8026
8027 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8028 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8029 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8030 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8031 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8032
8033 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8034 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8035 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8036 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8037 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8040 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8041 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8042 or to send e-mail.
8043 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8044
8045 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8046 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8047
8048 ;;;***
8049 \f
8050 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8052
8053 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8054 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8055 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8056 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8057 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8058
8059 ;;;***
8060 \f
8061 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8062 ;;;;;; (14876 51460))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8064
8065 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8066 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8067 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8068 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8069
8070 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8071 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8072 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8073 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8076 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8077 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8078 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8079
8080 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8081 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8082 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8083 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8084
8085 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8086 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8089 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8090 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8091 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8094 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8095 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8096 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8097
8098 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8099 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8100 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8101 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8102 between it and it's value." t nil)
8103 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8104
8105 ;;;***
8106 \f
8107 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8108 ;;;;;; 40782))
8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8110
8111 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8112 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8113 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8114 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8115
8116 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8117 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8118 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8119 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8120
8121 ;;;***
8122 \f
8123 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8124 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8125 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8126
8127 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8128 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8129
8130 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8131 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8132 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8133 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8134
8135 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8138 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8139 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8140 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8141 to be updated." t nil)
8142
8143 ;;;***
8144 \f
8145 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8146 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8147 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8148
8149 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8150 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8151 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8152 and window listing and describing the options.
8153 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8154 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8159 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8161
8162 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8163 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8164
8165 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8166 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8167
8168 ;;;***
8169 \f
8170 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8171 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060))
8172 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8173
8174 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8175 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8176 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8177 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8178 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8179
8180 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8181 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8182
8183 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8184 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8185 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8186 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8187
8188 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8189 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8190 periods.
8191
8192 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8193 in hexl format.
8194
8195 A sample format:
8196
8197 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8198 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8199 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8200 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8201 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8202 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8203 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8204 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8205 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8206 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8207 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8208 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8209 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8210 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8211 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8212
8213 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8214 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8215 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8216
8217 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8218 also supported.
8219
8220 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8221
8222 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8223 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8224 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8225
8226 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8227 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8228 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8229
8230 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8231 into the buffer at the current point.
8232
8233 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8234 into the buffer at the current point.
8235
8236 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8237 into the buffer at the current point.
8238
8239 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8240
8241 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8242 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8243
8244 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8245
8246 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8249 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8250 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8253 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8254 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8255
8256 ;;;***
8257 \f
8258 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8259 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8260 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14949 18612))
8261 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8262
8263 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8264
8265 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8266 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8267
8268 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8269
8270 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8271
8272 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8273 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8274
8275 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8276 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8277 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8278 which can be called interactively, are:
8279
8280 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8281 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8282
8283 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8284 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8285
8286 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8287 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8288
8289 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8290 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8291 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8292 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8293 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8294 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8295
8296 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8297 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8298
8299 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8300 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8301 Hi-lock: FOO
8302 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8303 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8304 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8305 will be read until
8306 Hi-lock: end
8307 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8308
8309 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8310
8311 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8312 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8313
8314 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8315 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8316 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8317 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8318
8319 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8320
8321 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8322 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8323
8324 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8325 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8326 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8327 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8328
8329 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8330
8331 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8332 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8333
8334 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8335 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8336 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8337 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8338 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8341 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8342
8343 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8344 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8345 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8346
8347 ;;;***
8348 \f
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8350 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8352
8353 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8354 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8355
8356 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8357 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8358 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8359 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8360 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8361 how the hiding is done:
8362
8363 hide-ifdef-env
8364 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8365 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8366 is used.
8367
8368 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8369 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8370 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8371 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8372 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8373
8374 hide-ifdef-lines
8375 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8376 #endif lines when hiding.
8377
8378 hide-ifdef-initially
8379 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8380 is activated.
8381
8382 hide-ifdef-read-only
8383 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8384 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8385
8386 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8387
8388 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8389 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8390
8391 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8392 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8393
8394 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8395 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8396
8397 ;;;***
8398 \f
8399 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8400 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14799 2695))
8401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8402
8403 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8404 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8405
8406 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8407 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8408 Each element has the form
8409 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8410
8411 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8412 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8413
8414 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8415 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8416
8417 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8418 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8419 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8420 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8421 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8422
8423 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8424 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8425
8426 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8427 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8428
8429 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8430 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8431 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8432
8433 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8434 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8435 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8436 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8437 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8438 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8439
8440 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8441 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8442 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8443
8444 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8445 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8446
8447 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8448
8449 Key bindings:
8450 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8451
8452 ;;;***
8453 \f
8454 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8455 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8456 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8457 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582))
8458 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8459
8460 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8461
8462 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8463 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8464 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8467 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8468
8469 Without an argument:
8470 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8471 or passive state as determined by the variable
8472 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8473 and passive state.
8474
8475 With an argument ARG:
8476 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8477 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8478 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8479
8480 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8481 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8482 not displayed in a different face.
8483
8484 Functions:
8485 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8486 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8487 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8488 buffer with the contents of a file
8489 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8490 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8491 various faces.
8492
8493 Hook variables:
8494 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8495 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8496 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8499 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8500
8501 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8502 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8503
8504 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8505 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8506
8507 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8508 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8509 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8510 shown in the last face in the list.
8511
8512 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8513 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8514 buffer to be saved):
8515
8516 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8517
8518 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8519 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8520
8521 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8522 and must not be read-only.
8523
8524 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8525 this function is called interactively.
8526
8527 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8528 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8529 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8530
8531 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8532 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8533 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8534
8535 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8536 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8537
8538 When called interactively:
8539 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8540 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8541 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8542 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8543
8544 When called from a program:
8545 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8546 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8547 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8548 - otherwise just turn it on
8549
8550 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8551 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8552 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8553 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8554
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8558 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8559 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8560 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8561 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8563
8564 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8565 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8566 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8567 or insert functions in this list.")
8568
8569 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8570 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8571
8572 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8573 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8574
8575 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8576 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8577
8578 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8579 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8580
8581 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8582 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8583 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8584
8585 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8586 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8587 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8588 \(as atoms)")
8589
8590 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8591 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8592 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8593 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8594 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8595
8596 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8597 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8598 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8599 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8600 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8601 expansions.
8602 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8603 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8604 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8607 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8608 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8609 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8610
8611 ;;;***
8612 \f
8613 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14949 18612))
8614 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8615
8616 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8617 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8618 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8620 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8621
8622 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8623
8624 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8625
8626 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8627 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8628 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8629 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8630 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8631
8632 ;;;***
8633 \f
8634 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8635 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8637
8638 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8639 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8640
8641 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8642 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8643
8644 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8649 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8651
8652 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8653 This function is obsolete.
8654 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8655 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8656
8657 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8658 This function is obsolete.
8659 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8660 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8661
8662 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8663 This function is obsolete.
8664 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8665 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8666
8667 ;;;***
8668 \f
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8670 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8672
8673 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8674 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8675 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8676
8677 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8678 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8679 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8680
8681 ;;;***
8682 \f
8683 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14876 51525))
8684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8685
8686 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8687 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8688 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8689 Tab indents for Icon code.
8690 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8691 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8692 \\{icon-mode-map}
8693 Variables controlling indentation style:
8694 icon-tab-always-indent
8695 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8696 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8697 icon-auto-newline
8698 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8699 inserted in Icon code.
8700 icon-indent-level
8701 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8702 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8703 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8704 icon-continued-statement-offset
8705 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8706 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8707 icon-continued-brace-offset
8708 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8709 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8710 icon-brace-offset
8711 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8712 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8713 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8714 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8715
8716 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8717 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8718
8719 ;;;***
8720 \f
8721 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8722 ;;;;;; (14918 52716))
8723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8724
8725 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8726 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8727 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8728 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8729
8730 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8731 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8732 separate frames.
8733
8734 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8735
8736 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8737 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8738 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8739
8740 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8741
8742 ;;;***
8743 \f
8744 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8745 ;;;;;; (14918 52722))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8747
8748 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8749 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8750
8751 The main features of this mode are
8752
8753 1. Indentation and Formatting
8754 --------------------------
8755 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8756 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8757
8758 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8759 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8760 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8761 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8762
8763 Comments are indented as follows:
8764
8765 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8766 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8767 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8768
8769 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8770
8771 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8772 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8773 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8774 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8775 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8776
8777 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8778 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8779 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8780
8781 2. Routine Info
8782 ------------
8783 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8784 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8785 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8786 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8787 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8788 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8789 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8790
8791 3. Online IDL Help
8792 ---------------
8793 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8794 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8795 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8796 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8797 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8798
8799 4. Completion
8800 ----------
8801 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8802 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8803 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8804 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8805 mixed or upper case.
8806
8807 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8808 --------------------------------
8809 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8810 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8811
8812 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8813 \\fu FUNCTION template
8814 \\c CASE statement template
8815 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8816 \\f FOR loop template
8817 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8818 \\w WHILE loop template
8819 \\i IF statement template
8820 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8821 \\b BEGIN
8822
8823 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8824 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8825
8826 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8827 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8828 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8829
8830 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8831 -------------------------
8832 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8833 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8834
8835 7. Automatic END completion
8836 ------------------------
8837 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8838 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8839
8840 8. Hooks
8841 -----
8842 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8843 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8844
8845 9. Documentation and Customization
8846 -------------------------------
8847 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8848 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8849 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8850 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8851 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8852
8853 10.Keybindings
8854 -----------
8855 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8856 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8857 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8858
8859 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8865 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8866
8867 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8868 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8869 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8870
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8874 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8875 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14918 52619))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8877
8878 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8879 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8880 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8881 be determined." nil nil)
8882
8883 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8884 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8885 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8886 be determined." nil nil)
8887
8888 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8889 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8890 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8891
8892 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8893 Create an image.
8894 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8895 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8896 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8897 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8898 use its file extension as image type.
8899 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8900 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8901 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8902 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8903
8904 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8905 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8906 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8907 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8908 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8909 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8910 POS may be an integer or marker.
8911 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8912 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8913 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8914 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8915
8916 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8917 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8918 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8919 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8920 defaulted if you omit it.
8921 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8922 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8923 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8924 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8925
8926 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8927 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8928 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8929 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8930
8931 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8932 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8933
8934 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8935
8936 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8937 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8938 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8939 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8940 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8941 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8942 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8943 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8944 satisfied.
8945
8946 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8947
8948 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8949 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8950
8951 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8952 documentation string.
8953
8954 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8955 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8956 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8957 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8958 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8959 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8960 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8961 define SYMBOL.
8962
8963 Example:
8964
8965 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8966 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8967
8968 ;;;***
8969 \f
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8971 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8972 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14918 52619))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8974
8975 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
8976 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8977 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8978 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
8979
8980 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
8981 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8982 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8983 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8984
8985 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
8986 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
8987 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
8988 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
8989
8990 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
8991 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8992 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8993 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8994
8995 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8996 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
8997
8998 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8999 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9000 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9001 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9002
9003 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9004 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode on or off.
9005 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9007 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9008
9009 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9010
9011 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9012
9013 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9014 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9015 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9016 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9017
9018 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9019 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9020 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9021
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9025 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14949 18612))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9027
9028 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9029 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9030
9031 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9032
9033 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9034 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9035 in the buffer.
9036
9037 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9038
9039 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9040 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9041 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9042
9043 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9044 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9045
9046 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9047 to create a buffer index.
9048
9049 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9050 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9051 or like this:
9052 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9053 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9054 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9055 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9056 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9057
9058 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9059 entries are not nested.
9060
9061 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9062 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9063 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9064 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9065
9066 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9067 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9068
9069 The variable is buffer-local.
9070
9071 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9072 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9073 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9074
9075 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9076 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
9077 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
9078 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
9079
9080 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9081
9082 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9083 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9084
9085 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9086 of the current buffer as an alist.
9087
9088 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9089 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9090 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9091 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9092 if it is a sub-alist.
9093
9094 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9095
9096 The variable is buffer-local.")
9097
9098 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9099
9100 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9101 Function for finding the next index position.
9102
9103 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9104 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9105 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9106 file.
9107
9108 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9109 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9110
9111 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9112
9113 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9114
9115 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9116 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9117
9118 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9119 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9120 It should return the name for that index item.
9121
9122 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9123
9124 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9125
9126 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9127 Function to compare string with index item.
9128
9129 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9130 non-nil if they match.
9131
9132 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9133 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9134 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9135 arguments match\".
9136
9137 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9138
9139 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9140
9141 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9142 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9143 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9144
9145 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9146
9147 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9148
9149 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9150 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9151 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9152 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9153
9154 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9155 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9156
9157 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9158
9159 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9160 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9161 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9162 for more information." t nil)
9163
9164 ;;;***
9165 \f
9166 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9167 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9169
9170 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9171 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9172 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9173 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9174 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9175
9176 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9177 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9178
9179 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9180 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9181 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9182 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9183 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9184 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9185 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9186 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9187
9188 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9189 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9190 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9191 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9192 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9193
9194 This variable is only used if the variable
9195 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9196
9197 More precise choices:
9198 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9199 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9200 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9201
9202 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9203
9204 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9205 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9206
9207 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9208 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9209 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9210 to that buffer.
9211 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9212 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9213 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9214 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9215 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9216
9217 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9218
9219 ;;;***
9220 \f
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9222 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9223 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14949 18612))
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9225
9226 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9227 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9228 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9229
9230 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9231 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9232 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9233 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9234 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9235 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9236
9237 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9238 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9239
9240 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9241 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9242 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9243
9244 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9245 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9246 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9247 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9248
9249 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9250 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9251
9252 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9253 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9254 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9255 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9256 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9257
9258 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9259 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9260 KEY is a string.
9261 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9262 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9263 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9264 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9265
9266 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9267 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9268 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9273 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9274 ;;;;;; (14712 9626))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9276
9277 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9278 Throw away all cached data.
9279 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9280 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9281 system." t nil)
9282
9283 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9284 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9285 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9286 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9287 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9288 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9289
9290 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9291
9292 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9293 Display the documentation of a file.
9294 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9295 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9296 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9297 The default file name is the one found at point.
9298
9299 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9300
9301 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9302 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9303
9304 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9305 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9306
9307 ;;;***
9308 \f
9309 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9310 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9312
9313 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9314 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9317 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9318 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9319
9320 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9321 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9322 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9323
9324 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9325 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9326 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9327 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9330 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9331 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9334 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9335 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9336 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9337 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9338
9339 ;;;***
9340 \f
9341 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9342 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9343 ;;;;;; (14837 50475))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9345
9346 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9347 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9350 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9351
9352 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9353
9354 ;;;***
9355 \f
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9357 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9359
9360 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9361 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9362 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9363 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9364 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9365 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9366
9367 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9368 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9369
9370 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9371 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9372 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9373 \"s gives German sharp s.
9374 /a gives a with ring.
9375 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9376 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9377 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9378 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9379
9380 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9381 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9386 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9387 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9388 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14918 52705))
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9390
9391 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9392 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9393 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9394 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9395
9396 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9397 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9398 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9399 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9400
9401 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9402 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9403 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9404 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9407 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9408 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9409 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9410
9411 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9412 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9413 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9414 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9415
9416 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9417 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9418 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9419 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9420
9421 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9422 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9423 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9424 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9427 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9428 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9429 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9430
9431 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9432 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9433 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9434 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9437 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9440 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9441
9442 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9443 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9444
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9448 ;;;;;; (14716 17385))
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9450 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9451 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9452 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9453
9454 ;;;***
9455 \f
9456 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9457 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9458 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9459 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9460 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9461 ;;;;;; (14949 18707))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9463
9464 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9465 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9466
9467 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9468 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9469
9470 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9471 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9472
9473 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9474 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9475 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9476 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9477
9478 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9479 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9480 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9481
9482 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9483
9484 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9485
9486 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9487
9488 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9489
9490 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9491
9492 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9493
9494 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9495 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9496
9497 Each element of this list is also a list:
9498
9499 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9500 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9501
9502 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9503 nil means the default dictionary.
9504
9505 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9506 word.
9507
9508 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9509
9510 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9511 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9512 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9513 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9514 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9515 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9516 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9517 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9518 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9519
9520 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9521 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9522 single word.
9523
9524 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9525 subprocess.
9526
9527 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9528 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9529 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9530 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9531 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9532 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9533 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9534 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9535
9536 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9537
9538 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9539 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9540 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9541
9542 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9543 Key map for ispell menu.")
9544
9545 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9546 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9547 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9548 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9549
9550 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9551
9552 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9553
9554 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9555
9556 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9557
9558 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9559
9560 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9561 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9562 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9563 Valid forms include:
9564 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9565 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9566 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9567 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9568
9569 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9570 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9571 First list is used raw.
9572 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9573
9574 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9575 for skipping in latex mode.")
9576
9577 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9578
9579 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9580 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9581 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9582 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9583
9584 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9585 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9586 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9587 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9588 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9589
9590 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9591 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9592
9593 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9594
9595 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9596 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9597
9598 return values:
9599 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9600 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9601 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9602 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9603 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9604
9605 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9606 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9607
9608 Selections are:
9609
9610 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9611 SPC: Accept word this time.
9612 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9613 `a': Accept word for this session.
9614 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9615 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9616 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9617 `?': Show these commands.
9618 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9619 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9620 the aborted check to be completed later.
9621 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9622 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9623 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9624 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9625 `C-l': redraws screen
9626 `C-r': recursive edit
9627 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9628
9629 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9630 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9631 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9632
9633 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9634 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9635 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9636
9637 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9638
9639 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9642 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9643 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9644 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9645
9646 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9647 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9648
9649 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9650 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9651
9652 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9653 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9654
9655 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9656 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9657 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9658 sequence inside of a word.
9659
9660 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9661
9662 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9663 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9666 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9667 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9668 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9669
9670 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9671 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9672 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9673 available on the net." t nil)
9674
9675 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9676 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9677 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9678
9679 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9680 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9681
9682 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9683 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9686 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9687 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9688 Don't check included messages.
9689
9690 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9691 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9692 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9693
9694 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9695 in your .emacs file:
9696 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9697 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9698 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9699 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9700
9701 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9702 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9703 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9704
9705 ;;;***
9706 \f
9707 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9708 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9709 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9710 ;;;;;; (14918 52619))
9711 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9712
9713 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9714 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9716 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9717
9718 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9719
9720 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9721
9722 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9723 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9724 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9725 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9726 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9727 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9728
9729 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9730 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9731 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9732 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9733
9734 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9735
9736 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9737 Switch to another buffer.
9738
9739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9740 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9741 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9742 in another frame.
9743 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9744
9745 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9746 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9747 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9748 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9751 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9752 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9753 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9756 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9757 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9758 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9761 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9762 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9763 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9764 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9765
9766 ;;;***
9767 \f
9768 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9769 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9770 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9771 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9773
9774 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9775
9776 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9777 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9778 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9779 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9780 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9781 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9782 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9783 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9784
9785 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9786 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9787 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9788 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9789
9790 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9791 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9792 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9793 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9794 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9797 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9798 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9799 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9800
9801 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9802 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9803 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9804 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9807 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9810 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9811 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9812 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9813 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9816 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9817 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9818 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9819 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9822 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9823 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9824
9825 ;;;***
9826 \f
9827 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829
9828 ;;;;;; 31693))
9829 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9830
9831 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9832 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9833 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9834 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9835 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9836
9837 ;;;***
9838 \f
9839 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9840 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14918 52619))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9842
9843 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9844 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
9845 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9847 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9848
9849 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9850
9851 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9852
9853 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9854 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9855 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9856 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9859 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9860
9861 ;;;***
9862 \f
9863 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9864 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9866
9867 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9868 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9869 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9870
9871 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9872 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9873 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9874 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9875 shorter.
9876
9877 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9878 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9879 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9880
9881 ;;;***
9882 \f
9883 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9884 ;;;;;; 13574))
9885 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9886
9887 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9888 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9889 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9890 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9891 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9892 positions that contains the current selection.")
9893
9894 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9895 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9896 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9897 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9898 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9899 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9900 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9905 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9907
9908 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9909 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9910 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9911
9912 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9913
9914 ;;;***
9915 \f
9916 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9917 ;;;;;; (14918 52709))
9918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9919
9920 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9921
9922 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9923 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9924
9925 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9926
9927 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9928 Start or resume an Lm game.
9929 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9930 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9931
9932 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9933 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9934 none / 1 | yes | no
9935 2 | yes | yes
9936 3 | no | yes
9937 4 | no | no
9938
9939 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9940 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9941 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9946 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9947 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9949
9950 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9951
9952 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9953 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9954 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9955 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9956 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9957 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9958
9959 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9960 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9961
9962 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9963 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9964
9965 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9966 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9967 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9968 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9969 to compose.
9970
9971 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9972
9973 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9974
9975 ;;;***
9976 \f
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9978 ;;;;;; (14876 51523))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9980
9981 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9982 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9983 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9984 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9985 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9986 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9987 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9988 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9989
9990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9991 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9992
9993 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9994
9995 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9996
9997 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9998 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9999 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10000 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10001 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10002
10003 ;;;***
10004 \f
10005 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10006 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14876 51461))
10007 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10008
10009 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10010 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10011 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10012 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10013
10014 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10015
10016 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10017
10018 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10019 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10020 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10021 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10022 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10023 for large buffers.
10024
10025 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10026 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10027 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10028 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10029 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10030
10031 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10032 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10033 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10034 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10035 slow to keep up with your typing.
10036
10037 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10038 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10039 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10040 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10041 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10042 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10043
10044 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10045 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10046 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10047 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10048
10049 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10050 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10051 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10052 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10053
10054 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10055 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10056 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10057 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10058 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10061 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10062
10063 ;;;***
10064 \f
10065 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10066 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10067 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10068
10069 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10070 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10071
10072 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10073 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10074
10075 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10076 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10077
10078 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10079 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10080 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10081 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10082 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10083 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10084 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10085 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10086 and transmit saved text.
10087 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10088 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10089 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10090
10091 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10092
10093 ;;;***
10094 \f
10095 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
10096 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10097
10098 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10099 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10100 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10101 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10102 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10103
10104 ;;;***
10105 \f
10106 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14850
10107 ;;;;;; 31626))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10109
10110 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10111 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10112 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10113 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10114
10115 ;;;***
10116 \f
10117 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10118 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10119 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10120
10121 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10122 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10123 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10124
10125 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10126 Run the locate command with a filter.
10127
10128 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10129 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10130
10131 ;;;***
10132 \f
10133 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14918 52689))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10135
10136 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10137 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10138 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10139 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10140 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10141 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10142 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10143 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10144 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10145 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10146 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10147 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10148 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10149
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14918
10153 ;;;;;; 52689))
10154 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10155
10156 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10157 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10158
10159 ;;;***
10160 \f
10161 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10162 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693
10163 ;;;;;; 49864))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10165
10166 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
10167 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10168 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10169
10170 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10171 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10172
10173 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10174 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10175 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10176 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10177 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10178 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10179 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10180
10181 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10182 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10183 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10184 switch on this list.
10185 See `lpr-command'.")
10186
10187 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10188 *Name of program for printing a file.
10189
10190 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10191 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10192 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10193 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10194 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10195 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10196 argument.")
10197
10198 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10199 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10200 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10201 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10202
10203 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10204 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10205
10206 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10207 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10208 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10209 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10210
10211 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10212 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10213
10214 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10215 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10218 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10219 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10220 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10221
10222 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10223 Paginate and print the region contents.
10224
10225 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10226 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10227 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10228 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10229
10230 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10231 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10232
10233 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10234 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10235
10236 ;;;***
10237 \f
10238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14949 18683))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10240
10241 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10246 ;;;;;; 53924))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10248
10249 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10250 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10251 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10252
10253 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10254
10255 ;;;***
10256 \f
10257 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720
10258 ;;;;;; 7115))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10260
10261 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10262 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10263 \\{m4-mode-map}
10264 " t nil)
10265
10266 ;;;***
10267 \f
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10269 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14876 51509))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10271
10272 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10273 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10274 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10275 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10276 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10279 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10280 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10281 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10282
10283 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10284 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10285 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10286 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10287 bindings.
10288
10289 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10290 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10293 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10294 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10295 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10296 each time the macro executes.
10297 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10298 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10299 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10300 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10301 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10302 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10303 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10304
10305 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10306 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10307 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10308
10309 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10310 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10311 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10312 execute.
10313
10314 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10315 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10316
10317 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10318 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10319 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10320 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10321 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10322
10323 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10324 looked like this:
10325
10326 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10327 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10328 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10329
10330 You could enter the names in this format:
10331
10332 foo
10333 bar
10334 baz
10335
10336 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10337
10338 \\C-x (
10339 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10340 \\C-x )
10341
10342 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10343 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10344 " t nil)
10345 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10346
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10350 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10352
10353 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10354 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10355 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10356 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10357
10358 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10359 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10360 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10361 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10362 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10363
10364 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10365 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10366 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10367 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10368
10369 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10370 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10371
10372 ;;;***
10373 \f
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10375 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10376 ;;;;;; (14949 18694))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10378
10379 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10380 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10381
10382 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10383
10384 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10385 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10386
10387 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10388 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10389 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10390 message.
10391
10392 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10393
10394 ;;;***
10395 \f
10396 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10397 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10398 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800
10399 ;;;;;; 33445))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10401
10402 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10403 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10404 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10405 often correct parser.")
10406
10407 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10408
10409 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10410 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10411 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10412 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10413
10414 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10415 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10416 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10417 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10418
10419 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10420 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10421 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10422 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10423
10424 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10425 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10426 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10427 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10428 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10429 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10430
10431 ;;;***
10432 \f
10433 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10434 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14949 18694))
10435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10436
10437 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10438 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10439
10440 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10441 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10442 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10443
10444 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10445 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10446 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10447
10448 ;;;***
10449 \f
10450 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10451 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10452 ;;;;;; 15646))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10454
10455 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10456 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10457 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10458 king@grassland.com
10459 If `parens', they look like:
10460 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10461 If `angles', they look like:
10462 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10463
10464 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10465 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10466 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10467 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10468 their `Resent-' variants.
10469
10470 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10471 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10472
10473 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10474 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10475 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10476
10477 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10478 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10479 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10480 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10483 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10484 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10485 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10486
10487 ;;;***
10488 \f
10489 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10490 ;;;;;; (14720 7115))
10491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10492
10493 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10494 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10495 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10496
10497 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10498
10499 In the browser, use the following keys:
10500
10501 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10502
10503 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10504
10505 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10506 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10507
10508 makefile-target-colon:
10509 The string that gets appended to all target names
10510 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10511 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10512
10513 makefile-macro-assign:
10514 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10515 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10516 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10517 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10518 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10519 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10520
10521 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10522 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10523 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10524
10525 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10526 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10527
10528 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10529 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10530 up or down in the browser.
10531
10532 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10533 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10534
10535 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10536 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10537
10538 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10539 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10540 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10541 has been selected in the browser.
10542
10543 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10544 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10545 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10546 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10547 filenames are omitted.
10548
10549 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10550 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10551 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10552 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10553 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10554 the backslash itself intact.
10555 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10556 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10557
10558 makefile-browser-hook:
10559 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10560 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10561
10562 makefile-special-targets-list:
10563 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10564 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10565 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10566
10567 ;;;***
10568 \f
10569 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10570 ;;;;;; 28917))
10571 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10572
10573 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10574 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10575 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14826 51988))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10581
10582 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10583
10584 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10585 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10586 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10587 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10588 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10589 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10590 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10591
10592 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10593 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10594
10595 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10596 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10601 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10602 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10603 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10604 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10605 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10606 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10607 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10608 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14949 18693))
10609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10610
10611 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10612 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10613
10614 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10615 king@grassland.com
10616 If `parens', they look like:
10617 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10618 If `angles', they look like:
10619 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10620
10621 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10622 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10623
10624 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10625 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10626
10627 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10628 *Local news organization file.")
10629
10630 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10631 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10632 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10633 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10634
10635 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10636 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10637 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10638
10639 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10640
10641 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10642 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10643
10644 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10645 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10646
10647 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10648 *Function for citing an original message.
10649 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10650 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10651 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10652
10653 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10654 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10655 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10656 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10657 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10658
10659 (defvar message-signature t "\
10660 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10661 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10662 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10663 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10664
10665 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10666 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10667
10668 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10669
10670 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10671 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10672 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10673 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10674 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10675 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10676 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10677 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10678 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10679 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10680 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10681 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10682 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10683 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10684 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10685 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10686 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10687 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10688 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10689 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10690 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10691 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10692 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10693 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10694 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10695
10696 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10697 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10698 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10701 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10702
10703 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10704 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10707 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10710 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10711 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10712
10713 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10714 Cancel an article you posted.
10715 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10716
10717 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10718 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10719 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10720 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10721
10722 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10723 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10724
10725 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10726 Forward the current message via mail.
10727 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10728 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10729
10730 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10731 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10732
10733 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10734 Re-mail the current message.
10735 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10736 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10737 you." t nil)
10738
10739 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10740 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10741
10742 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10743 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10744
10745 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10746 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10749 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10750
10751 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10752 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10753 Works by overstriking characters.
10754 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10755 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10756
10757 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10758 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10759 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10760 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10761
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10765 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10767
10768 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10769 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10770 Special commands:
10771 \\{meta-mode-map}
10772
10773 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10774 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10775
10776 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10777 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10778 Special commands:
10779 \\{meta-mode-map}
10780
10781 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10782 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10787 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (14876 51524))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10790
10791 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10792 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10793 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10794
10795 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10796 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10797 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10798 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10799 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10800 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10801 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10802
10803 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10804 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10805 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10806 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10807 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10808 means current).
10809 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10810 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10811
10812 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10813 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10814 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10815 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10816 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10817 means current).
10818 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10819 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10820
10821 ;;;***
10822 \f
10823 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10824 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14850 31627))
10825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10826
10827 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10828 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10829 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10830 to the MH mail system.
10831
10832 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10833
10834 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10835 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10836 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10837 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10838 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10839 that want to create a mail buffer.
10840 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10841
10842 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10843 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10844 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10845 to the MH mail system.
10846
10847 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10848
10849 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10850 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10851 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10852 using the MH mail handling system.
10853 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10854 messages.
10855
10856 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10857
10858 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10859
10860 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10861 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10862 the yanked message.
10863
10864 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10865 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10866 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10867 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10868 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10869
10870 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10871 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10872 inserted in a draft letter.
10873
10874 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10875 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10876
10877 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10878
10879 ;;;***
10880 \f
10881 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14850
10882 ;;;;;; 31627))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10884
10885 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10886 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10887 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10888 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10889
10890 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10891 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10892
10893 ;;;***
10894 \f
10895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10897
10898 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10899 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10900
10901 ;;;***
10902 \f
10903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14918 52706))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10905
10906 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10907
10908 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10909
10910 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10911
10912 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10917 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10919
10920 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10921 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10922 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10923 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10924 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10925 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10926 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10927 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10928 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10929 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10930 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10933 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10934 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10935 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10936
10937 ;;;***
10938 \f
10939 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
10940 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
10941 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
10942
10943 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
10944 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
10945 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10946 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10947 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
10948
10949 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10950
10951 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
10952
10953 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
10954 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
10955 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
10956 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
10957 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
10958 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
10959 default indication.
10960
10961 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10962 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
10963
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10967 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10969
10970 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10971 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10972
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10976 ;;;;;; (14876 51520))
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10978
10979 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10980 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10981 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10982 the entire message.
10983 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10984
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10988 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10990
10991 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10992 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10993 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10994 followed by the first character of the construct.
10995 \\<m2-mode-map>
10996 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10997 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10998 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10999 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11000 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11001 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11002 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11003 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11004 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11005 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11006 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11007 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11008 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11009 \\[m2-link] link
11010
11011 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11012 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11013 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11014
11015 ;;;***
11016 \f
11017 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11018 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11019 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11020
11021 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11022 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11023
11024 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11025 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11026
11027 ;;;***
11028 \f
11029 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11030 ;;;;;; 26481))
11031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11032
11033 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11034 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11035 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11036 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11037
11038 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11039
11040 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11041
11042 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11043
11044 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11045 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11046 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11047 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11048 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11049 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11050
11051 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11052 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11053 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11054 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11055 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11056
11057 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11058 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11059
11060 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11061 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11062
11063 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11064
11065 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11066 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11067 primary selection and region." t nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11073
11074 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11075 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11076
11077 ;;;***
11078 \f
11079 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14876 51510))
11080 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11081
11082 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11083 Toggle Msb mode on or off.
11084 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11086 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11087
11088 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11089
11090 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11091
11092 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11093 Toggle Msb mode.
11094 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11095 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11096 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11097
11098 ;;;***
11099 \f
11100 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11101 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11102 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11103 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11104 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11105 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14949 18693))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11107
11108 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11109 Display a list of all character sets.
11110
11111 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11112 for internal Emacs use.
11113
11114 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11115 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11116 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11117 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11118 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11119
11120 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11121 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11122 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11123 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11124
11125 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11126 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11129 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11130 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11131 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11132 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11133
11134 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11135 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11136 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11137 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11138 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11139
11140 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11141 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11142
11143 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11144 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11147 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
11148 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11149 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11150 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11151
11152 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11153 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11156 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11157
11158 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11159 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11160 at the place of `..':
11161 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11162 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11163 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11164 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11165 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11166 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11167 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11168 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11169 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11170 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11171 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11172 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11173 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11174 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11175 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11176 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11177
11178 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11179 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11180
11181 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11182 Display a list of all coding systems.
11183 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11184
11185 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11186 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11189 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11190
11191 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11192 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11195 Display information of FONTSET.
11196 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11197
11198 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11199 Display a list of all fontsets.
11200 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11201 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11202 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11203
11204 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11205 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11208 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11209
11210 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11211 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11212 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11213 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11214
11215 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11216 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11217 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11218
11219 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11220 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11221 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11222
11223 ;;;***
11224 \f
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11226 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11227 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11228 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11229 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11230 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11231 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11233
11234 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11235 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11236 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11237
11238 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11239 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11240
11241 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11242 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11243
11244 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11245 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11246
11247 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11248 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11249 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11250 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11251 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11252
11253 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11254 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11255 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11256 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11257 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11258
11259 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11260 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11261
11262 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11263
11264 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11265 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11266
11267 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11268 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11269 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11270
11271 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11272 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11273 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11274
11275 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11276 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11277 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11278 is considered.
11279 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11280 longer than KEYSEQ.
11281 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11282
11283 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11284 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11285 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11286 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11287 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11288 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11289 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11290 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11291 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11292 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11293 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11294
11295 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11296 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11297
11298 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11299 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11300
11301 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11302 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11303
11304 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11305 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11308 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11309
11310 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11311 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11312 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11313 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11314
11315 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11316 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11317 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11318 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11319
11320 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11321 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11322 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11323 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11324
11325 ;;;***
11326 \f
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11328 ;;;;;; (14876 51510))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11330
11331 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11332 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11333 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11334 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11335 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11336
11337 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11338
11339 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11340
11341 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11342 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11343 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11344 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11345
11346 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11347 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11348
11349 ;;;***
11350 \f
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11352 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11353 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11354 ;;;;;; (14813 44131))
11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11356
11357 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11358 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11361 Ping HOST.
11362 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11363 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11364
11365 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11366 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11367
11368 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11369
11370 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11371 Run netstat program." t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11374 Run the arp program." t nil)
11375
11376 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11377 Run the route program." t nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11380 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11381
11382 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11383 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11386 Run dig program." t nil)
11387
11388 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11389 Run ftp program." t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11392 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11395 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11396 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11397 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11400
11401 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11402 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11403
11404 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11405 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11406
11407 ;;;***
11408 \f
11409 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11410 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11411 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11412 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11413 ;;;;;; (14918 52690))
11414 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11415
11416 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11417
11418 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11419
11420 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11421
11422 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11423
11424 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11425
11426 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11427 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11428 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11429 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11430 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11431
11432 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11433 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11434
11435 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11436 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11437 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11438 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11439
11440 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11441 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11442
11443 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11444 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11445 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11446
11447 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11448 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11449 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11450 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11451 column indentation or nil.
11452 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11453
11454 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11455 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11456 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11457
11458 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11459 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11460 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11461 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11462
11463 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11464 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11465
11466 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11467 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11468 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11469
11470 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11471 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11472
11473 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11474 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11475 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11476
11477 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11478 Set the comment column based on point.
11479 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11480 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11481 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11482 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11483
11484 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11485 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11486 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11487
11488 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11489 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11490 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11491 comment markers." t nil)
11492
11493 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11494 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11495 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11496 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11497 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11498 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11499 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11500 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11501
11502 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11503 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11504
11505 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11506 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11507 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11508 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11509 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11510 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11511 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11512 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11513
11514 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11515 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11516 This indents the body of the continued comment
11517 under the previous comment line.
11518
11519 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11520 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11521 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11522
11523 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11524 or comment indentation.
11525
11526 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11527 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11528
11529 ;;;***
11530 \f
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14876
11532 ;;;;;; 51521))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11534
11535 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11536 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11537 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11538 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11539 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11540 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11541
11542 ;;;***
11543 \f
11544 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11545 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11547
11548 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11549 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11550 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11555 ;;;;;; (14876 51521))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11557
11558 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11559 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11560 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11561
11562 ;;;***
11563 \f
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11565 ;;;;;; (14876 51521))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11567
11568 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11569 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11570
11571 ;;;***
11572 \f
11573 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11574 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
11575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11576
11577 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11578 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11581 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11582
11583 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11584 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11585
11586 ;;;***
11587 \f
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11589 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11591
11592 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11593 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11594 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11595
11596 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11599 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11600 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11601 to future sessions." t nil)
11602
11603 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11604 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11605 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11606 to future sessions." t nil)
11607
11608 ;;;***
11609 \f
11610 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11611 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11613
11614 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11615 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11616 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11617 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11618 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11619 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11624 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11626
11627 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11628 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11629 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11630 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11631 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11636 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11638
11639 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11640 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11641 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11642
11643 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11644
11645 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11646 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11647
11648 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11649 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11650 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11651
11652 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11653
11654 ;;;***
11655 \f
11656 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11657 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11659
11660 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11661 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11662
11663 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11664 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11665 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11666 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11667
11668 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11669 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11670 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11671 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11672 is why you need this mode!).
11673
11674 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11675 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11676 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11677
11678 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11679
11680 Keybindings
11681 ===========
11682
11683 \\{octave-mode-map}
11684
11685 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11686 ==============================================
11687
11688 octave-auto-indent
11689 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11690 Default is nil.
11691
11692 octave-auto-newline
11693 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11694 Default is nil.
11695
11696 octave-blink-matching-block
11697 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11698 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11699
11700 octave-block-offset
11701 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11702 Default is 2.
11703
11704 octave-continuation-offset
11705 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11706 Default is 4.
11707
11708 octave-continuation-string
11709 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11710 Default is a backslash.
11711
11712 octave-mode-startup-message
11713 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11714 Default is t.
11715
11716 octave-send-echo-input
11717 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11718 command to the inferior Octave process.
11719
11720 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11721 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11722 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11723
11724 octave-send-echo-input
11725 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11726
11727 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11728
11729 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11730 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11731
11732 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11733 (setq auto-mode-alist
11734 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11735
11736 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11737 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11738
11739 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11740 (lambda ()
11741 (abbrev-mode 1)
11742 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11743 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11744 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11745
11746 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11747 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11748 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11749 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11750
11751 ;;;***
11752 \f
11753 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11754 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11756
11757 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11758 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11759 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11762 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11763 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11764 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11765 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11766
11767 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11768
11769 ;;;***
11770 \f
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11772 ;;;;;; (14876 60333))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11774
11775 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11776 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11777 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11778 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11779
11780 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11781 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11782 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11783 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11784
11785 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11786 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11787 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11788 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11789 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11790 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11791
11792 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11793 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11794
11795 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11796 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11797 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11798 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11799 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11800 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11801 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11802 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11803 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11804 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11805 The subheadings remain visible.
11806 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11807
11808 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11809 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11810 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11811
11812 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11813 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11814
11815 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11816 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11817 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11818 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11819
11820 ;;;***
11821 \f
11822 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14876 51510))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11824
11825 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11826 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11827 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11829 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11830
11831 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11832
11833 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11834
11835 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11836 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11837 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11838 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11839
11840 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11841 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11842
11843 ;;;***
11844 \f
11845 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11846 ;;;;;; 14481))
11847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11848
11849 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11850 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11851 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11852
11853 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11854 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11855
11856 Other useful functions are:
11857
11858 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11859 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11860 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11861 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11862 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11863 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11864 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11865 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11866 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11867
11868 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11869
11870 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11871 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11872 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11873 Indentation for case statements.
11874 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11875 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11876 mark after an end.
11877 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11878 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11879 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11880 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11881 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11882 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11883 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11884 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11885 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11886 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11887
11888 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11889 pascal-separator-keywords.
11890
11891 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11892 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11893
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11897 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11899
11900 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11901 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11902 The keys affected are:
11903 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11904 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11905 M-Backspace does undo.
11906 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11907 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11908 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11909
11910 ;;;***
11911 \f
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11913 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14783 15356))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11915
11916 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11917 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11918
11919 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11920
11921 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11922 which modify the status of the mark.
11923
11924 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11925 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11926
11927 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11928 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11929
11930 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11931 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11932 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11933 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11934 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11935
11936 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11937 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11938
11939 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11940 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11941 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11942
11943 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11944 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11945 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11946
11947 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11948 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11949
11950 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11951 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11952 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11953
11954 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11955 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11956 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11957
11958 F6 other-window
11959 DELETE delete-char
11960 C-DELETE kill-line
11961 M-DELETE kill-word
11962 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11963 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11964 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11965
11966 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11967 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11968 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11969 and cursor movement commands.
11970 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11971 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11972
11973 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11974
11975 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11976
11977 ;;;***
11978 \f
11979 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11980 ;;;;;; 33021))
11981 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11982
11983 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11984 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11985
11986 ;;;***
11987 \f
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11989 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11991
11992 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11993 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11994
11995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11996 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11997
11998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11999 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12000
12001 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12002 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12003
12004 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12005
12006 ;;;***
12007 \f
12008 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12009 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14918 52690))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12011
12012 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12013 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12014
12015 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12016 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12017
12018 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12019 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12020
12021 ;;;***
12022 \f
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12024 ;;;;;; 33025))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12026
12027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12028 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12029 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12030 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12031 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12032 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12033
12034 ;;;***
12035 \f
12036 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12037 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12038 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12040
12041 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12042 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12043
12044 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12045
12046 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12047 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12048
12049 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12050 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12051
12052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12053 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12054
12055 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12056
12057 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12058 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12059
12060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12061 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12064 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12065
12066 ;;;***
12067 \f
12068 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12069 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12070 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826
12071 ;;;;;; 56519))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12073
12074 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12075 Support extensible programmable completion.
12076 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12077 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12078
12079 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12080 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12081
12082 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12083 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12084 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12085
12086 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12087 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12088
12089 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12090 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12091 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12092
12093 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12094 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12095
12096 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12097 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12098
12099 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12100 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12101 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12102 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12103 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12104
12105 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12106 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12107
12108 ;;;***
12109 \f
12110 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12111 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12112 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14918 52690))
12113 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12114
12115 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12116 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12117 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12118 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12119
12120 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12121
12122 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12123 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12124 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12125 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12126 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12127 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12128 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12129
12130 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12131 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12132 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12133 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12134 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12135 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12136 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12137 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12138
12139 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12140 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12141 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12142 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12143 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12144 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12145
12146 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12147 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12148 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12149 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12150 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12151 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12152 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12153
12154 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12155
12156 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12157 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12158 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12159
12160 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12161 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12162 NIL means never do it.
12163 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12164 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12165 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12166
12167 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12168 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12169 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12170
12171 ;;;***
12172 \f
12173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14918 52690))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12175
12176 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12177
12178 ;;;***
12179 \f
12180 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12181 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12183
12184 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12185 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12186 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12187 Tab indents for Perl code.
12188 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12189 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12191 \\{perl-mode-map}
12192 Variables controlling indentation style:
12193 perl-tab-always-indent
12194 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12195 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12196 perl-tab-to-comment
12197 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12198 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12199 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12200 perl-nochange
12201 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12202 perl-indent-level
12203 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12204 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12205 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12206 perl-continued-statement-offset
12207 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12208 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12209 perl-continued-brace-offset
12210 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12211 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12212 perl-brace-offset
12213 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12214 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12215 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12216 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12217 perl-label-offset
12218 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12219
12220 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12221 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12222 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12223 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12224 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12225 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12226 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12227
12228 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12229
12230 ;;;***
12231 \f
12232 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12233 ;;;;;; (14918 52722))
12234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12235
12236 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12237 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12238 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12239 afterwards settable by these commands:
12240 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12241 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12242 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12243 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12244 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12245 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12246 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12247 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12248 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12249 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12250 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12251 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12252 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12253 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12254 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12255 with these commands:
12256 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12257 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12258 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12259 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12260 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12261 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12262 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12263 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12264 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12265 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12266 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12267 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12268 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12269 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12270 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12271 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12272 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12273 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12274 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12275 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12276 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12277 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12278 text is saved in the kill ring.
12279 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12280 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12281 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12282 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12283 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12284 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12285 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12286 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12287 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12288 commands if invoked soon enough.
12289 You can return to the previous mode with:
12290 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12291 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12292
12293 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12294
12295 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12296 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12297
12298 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12299
12300 ;;;***
12301 \f
12302 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12304
12305 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12306 Play pong and waste time.
12307 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12308 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12309
12310 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12311
12312 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12313
12314 ;;;***
12315 \f
12316 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12317 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12319
12320 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12321 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12322 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12323 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12324 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12325
12326 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12327 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12328 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12329 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12330 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12331
12332 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12333 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12334 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12335 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12336
12337 ;;;***
12338 \f
12339 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12340 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12342
12343 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12344 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12345 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12346 Commands:
12347 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12348 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12349 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12350
12351 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12352 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12353
12354 ;;;***
12355 \f
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14918 52690))
12357 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12358
12359 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12360 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12361 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12362
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14918
12366 ;;;;;; 52722))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12368
12369 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12370 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12371
12372 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12373
12374 The following variables hold user options, and can
12375 be set through the `customize' command:
12376
12377 ps-mode-auto-indent
12378 ps-mode-tab
12379 ps-mode-paper-size
12380 ps-mode-print-function
12381 ps-run-prompt
12382 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12383 ps-run-x
12384 ps-run-dumb
12385 ps-run-init
12386 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12387 ps-run-tmp-dir
12388
12389 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12390
12391
12392 \\{ps-mode-map}
12393
12394
12395 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12396 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12397 The keymap for this second window is:
12398
12399 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12400
12401
12402 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12403 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12404 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12405 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12406 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12407 " t nil)
12408
12409 ;;;***
12410 \f
12411 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12412 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12413 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12414 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12416
12417 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12418 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12419
12420 Valid values are:
12421
12422 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12423 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12424 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12425 changed by setting the variable
12426 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12427 The initial value of this variable is
12428 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12429 documentation).
12430
12431 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12432 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12433 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12434 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12435 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12436 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12437 test it.
12438
12439 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12440 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12441 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12442 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12443 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12444 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12445 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12446 use this value, be sure to have installed
12447 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12448 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12449 documentation of this variable).
12450
12451 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12452 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12453 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12454 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12455 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12456 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12457
12458 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12459
12460 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12461 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12462 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12463
12464 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12465
12466 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12467 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12468
12469 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12470
12471 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12472
12473 Returns the value:
12474
12475 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12476
12477 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12478 the sequence." nil nil)
12479
12480 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12481 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12482
12483 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12484 composition.
12485
12486 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12487
12488 Returns the value:
12489
12490 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12491
12492 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12493 the sequence." nil nil)
12494
12495 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12496 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12497
12498 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12499 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12500 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12501
12502 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12503
12504 ;;;***
12505 \f
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12507 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12508 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12509 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12510 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12511 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14949 18684))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12513
12514 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12515 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12516 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12517 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12518
12519 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12520 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12521
12522 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12523 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12524
12525 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12526 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12527 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12528
12529 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12530 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12531 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12532
12533 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12534 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12535 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12536 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12537 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12540 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12541 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12542
12543 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12544 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12545 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12546 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12547 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12548
12549 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12550 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12551 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12552 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12553
12554 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12555
12556 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12557 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12558 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12559 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12560 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12561
12562 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12563
12564 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12565 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12566 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12567
12568 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12569
12570 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12571 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12572 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12573 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12574 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12575
12576 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12577
12578 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12579 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12580
12581 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12582 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12583 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12584
12585 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12586 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12587 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12590 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12591 using the current ps-print setup.
12592 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12593 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12594
12595 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12596 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12597 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12598
12599 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12600 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12601 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12602
12603 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12604 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12605
12606 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12607 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12608
12609 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12610 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12611
12612 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12613
12614 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12615
12616 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12617 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12618
12619 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12620 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12621
12622 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12623
12624 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12625
12626 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12627
12628 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12629 foreground and background colors respectively.
12630
12631 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12632 bold - use bold font.
12633 italic - use italic font.
12634 underline - put a line under text.
12635 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12636 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12637 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12638 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12639 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12640
12641 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12642
12643 ;;;***
12644 \f
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12646 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12647 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12648 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12649 ;;;;;; (14949 18693))
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12651
12652 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12653 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12654 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12655
12656 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12657 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12658 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12659 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12660 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12661 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12662 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12663
12664 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12665 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12666 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12667 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12668 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12669 shown.
12670 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12671
12672 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12673 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12674 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12675 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12676 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12677 list of candidates.
12678
12679 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12680 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12681 command to be called.
12682
12683 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12684 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12685 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12686 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12687
12688 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12689 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12690 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12691 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12692 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12693 to t.
12694
12695 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12696 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12697 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12698 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12699
12700 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12701 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12702 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12703 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12704
12705 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12706 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12707 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12708 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12709 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12710 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12711
12712 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12713 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12714 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12715 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12716 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12717 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12718
12719 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12720 covers Quail translation region.
12721
12722 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12723 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12724 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12725 for it) is inserted.
12726
12727 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12728 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12729 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12730
12731 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12732 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12733 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12734
12735 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12736 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12737
12738 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12739 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12740 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12741 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12742 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12743
12744 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12745 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12746
12747 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12748 keyboard type." t nil)
12749
12750 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12751 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12752 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12753 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12754 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12755 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12756 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12757 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12758 for the translation.
12759 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12760
12761 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12762 it is used to handle KEY.
12763
12764 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12765 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12766 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12767 the following annotation types are supported.
12768
12769 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12770 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12771
12772 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12773 candidate list.
12774
12775 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12776 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12777 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12778 inserted.
12779
12780 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12781 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12782
12783 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12784 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12785
12786 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12787 which to install MAP.
12788
12789 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12790
12791 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12792 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12793
12794 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12795 which to install MAP.
12796
12797 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12798
12799 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12800 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12801 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12802 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12803 a function, or a cons.
12804 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12805 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12806 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12807 for the translation.
12808 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12809 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12810 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12811 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12812 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12813
12814 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12815 it is used to handle KEY.
12816
12817 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12818 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12819 current Quail package.
12820
12821 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12822 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12823
12824 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12825 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12826
12827 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12828 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12829
12830 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12831
12832 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12833 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12834
12835 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12836 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12837 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12838 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12839 of the Emacs source tree.
12840
12841 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12842 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12843
12844 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12845 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12846 of each directory." t nil)
12847
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12851 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12852 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14918
12853 ;;;;;; 52707))
12854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12855
12856 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12857 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12858 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12859 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12860
12861 To make use of this do something like:
12862
12863 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12864
12865 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12866
12867 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12868 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12869
12870 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12871 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12872 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12873
12874 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12875 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12876
12877 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12878 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12879
12880 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12881 is decided." t nil)
12882
12883 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12884 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12885
12886 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12887 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12888 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12889
12890 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12891 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12894 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12895
12896 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12897 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12898
12899 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12900
12901 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12902
12903 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12904 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12905
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12909 ;;;;;; 7848))
12910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12911
12912 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12913 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12914 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12915
12916 ;;;***
12917 \f
12918 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12919 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12921
12922 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12923 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12924
12925 ;;;***
12926 \f
12927 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12928 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12929 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14876 51511))
12930 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12931
12932 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12933 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12934
12935 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12936 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12937
12938 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12939 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12940
12941 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12942 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12943 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12944 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12945 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12946
12947 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12948 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12949
12950 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12951 Toggle Recentf mode on or off.
12952 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12954 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12955
12956 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12957
12958 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12959
12960 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12961 Toggle recentf mode.
12962 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12963 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12964
12965 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12966 were operated on recently." t nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12971 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12972 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12973 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14878
12974 ;;;;;; 8496))
12975 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12976
12977 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12978 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12979 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12980 spaces and tab.
12981
12982 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12983 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12984
12985 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12986 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12987 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12988 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12989 ends.
12990
12991 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12992 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12993 to be deleted." t nil)
12994
12995 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12996 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12997 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12998
12999 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13000 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13001 deleted." nil nil)
13002
13003 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13004 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13005 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13006
13007 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13008 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13009
13010 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13011 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13012
13013 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13014 deleted." t nil)
13015
13016 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13017 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13018
13019 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13020 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13021 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13022 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13023 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13024 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13025 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13026
13027 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13028 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13029
13030 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13031 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13032
13033 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13034 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13035 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13036 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13037
13038 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13039 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13040 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13041 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13042 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13043
13044 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13045 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13046
13047 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13048 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13049
13050 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13051 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13052 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13053
13054 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13055 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
13056
13057 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13058 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13059 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13060
13061 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13062 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13063 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13064
13065 ;;;***
13066 \f
13067 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14876
13068 ;;;;;; 51536))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13070
13071 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13072 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13073 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13074
13075 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13076 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13077 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13078
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13082 ;;;;;; (14918 52723))
13083 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13084
13085 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13086 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13087
13088 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13089 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13090
13091 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13092 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13093
13094 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13095 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13096 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13097 \\ref macro.
13098
13099 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13100 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13101 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13102
13103 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13104 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13105 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13106
13107 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13108 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13109
13110 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13111 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13112
13113 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13114 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13115 on the menu bar.
13116
13117 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13118
13119 ;;;***
13120 \f
13121 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13122 ;;;;;; (14918 52723))
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13124
13125 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13126 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13127 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13128 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13129 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13130 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13131
13132 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13133
13134 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13135
13136 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13137 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13138 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13139 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13140
13141 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13142 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13143 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13144 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13145
13146 ;;;***
13147 \f
13148 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13149 ;;;;;; (14918 52723))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13151
13152 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13153 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13154 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13155
13156 To insert new phrases, use
13157 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13158 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13159
13160 To index phrases use one of:
13161
13162 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13163 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13164 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13165 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13166 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13167
13168 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13169 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13170
13171 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13172
13173 Here are all local bindings.
13174
13175 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13176
13177 ;;;***
13178 \f
13179 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13180 ;;;;;; (14876 51517))
13181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13182
13183 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13184 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13185 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13186 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13187 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13188 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13189
13190 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13191 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13192
13193 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13194 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13195
13196 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13197 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13198 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13199 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13200
13201 ;;;***
13202 \f
13203 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13205
13206 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13207 Repeat most recently executed command.
13208 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13209 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13210 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13211
13212 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13213 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13214 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13215
13216 ;;;***
13217 \f
13218 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13219 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13221
13222 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13223 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13224
13225 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13226 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13227 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13228 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13229 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13230 and point is left after the salutation.
13231
13232 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13233 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13234 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13235 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13236 left after that text.
13237
13238 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13239 is non-nil.
13240
13241 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13242 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13243 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13244 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13245
13246 ;;;***
13247 \f
13248 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13249 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
13250 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13251
13252 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13253 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13254 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13255 visibility of comments that precede it.
13256 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13257 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13258 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13259 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13260 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13261 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13262 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13263 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13264 the comment lines.
13265 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13266 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13267 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13268 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13269 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13270 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13271
13272 ;;;***
13273 \f
13274 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13275 ;;;;;; 50658))
13276 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13277
13278 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13279 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13280
13281 ;;;***
13282 \f
13283 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13284 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13286
13287 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13288 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13289
13290 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13291 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13292
13293 ;;;***
13294 \f
13295 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13297 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13298
13299 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13300 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13301 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13302 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13303
13304 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13305
13306 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13307 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13308 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13309 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13310
13311 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13312 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13313
13314 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13315 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13316
13317 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13318 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13319 INPUT-ARGS.
13320
13321 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13322 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13323 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13324 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13325 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13326
13327 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13328 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13329 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13330 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13331
13332 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13333 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13334 variable." t nil)
13335
13336 ;;;***
13337 \f
13338 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13339 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13340 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13341 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13342 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13343 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13344 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14918 52706))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13346
13347 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13348 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13349 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13350 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13351
13352 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13353 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13354 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13355 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13356 value is the user's name.)
13357 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13358
13359 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
13360 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13361 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13362 which normally happens once for each message,
13363 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13364 To make a change in this variable take effect
13365 for a message that you have already viewed,
13366 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13367
13368 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13369 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13370 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13371 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13372
13373 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13374 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13375
13376 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13377 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13378 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13379 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13380
13381 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13382 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13383
13384 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13385 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13386
13387 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13388 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13389 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13390 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13391 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13392
13393 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13394 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13395
13396 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13397 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13398
13399 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13400 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13401
13402 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13403 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13404
13405 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13406 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13407
13408 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13409 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13410
13411 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13412 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13413
13414 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13415 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13416
13417 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13418 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13419 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13420 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13421
13422 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13423 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13424
13425 This is set to nil by default.")
13426
13427 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13428 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13429 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13430 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13431 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13432
13433 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13434 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13435
13436 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13437 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13438 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13439 this feature is required with `require'.")
13440
13441 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13442 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13443 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13444 the message is decoded as normal way.
13445
13446 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13447 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13448 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13449
13450 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13451 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13452 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13453
13454 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13455 Read and edit incoming mail.
13456 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13457 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13458 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13459
13460 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13461 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13462 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13463 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13464
13465 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13466
13467 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13468 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13469 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13470 Instead, these commands are available:
13471
13472 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13473 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13474 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13475 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13476 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13477 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13478 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13479 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13480 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13481 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13482 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13483 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13484 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13485 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13486 till a deleted message is found.
13487 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13488 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13489 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13490 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13491 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13492 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13493 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13494 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13495 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13496 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13497 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13498 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13499 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13500 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13501 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13502 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13503 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13504 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13505 (label defaults to last one specified).
13506 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13507 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13508 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13509 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13510 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13511 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13512 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13513 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13514 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13515
13516 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13517 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13518
13519 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13520 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13521
13522 ;;;***
13523 \f
13524 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13525 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13526 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13527
13528 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13529 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13530
13531 ;;;***
13532 \f
13533 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13534 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13535 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13537
13538 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13539 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13540 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13541
13542 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13543 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13544 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13545
13546 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13547
13548 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13549 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13550 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13551 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13552 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13553
13554 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13555 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13556 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13557 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13558 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13559
13560 ;;;***
13561 \f
13562 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13563 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13565
13566 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13567 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13568 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13569 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13570
13571 ;;;***
13572 \f
13573 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13574 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13575 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13577
13578 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13579 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13580 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13581 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13582 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13583 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13584 a file name as a string.")
13585
13586 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13587 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13588 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13589 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13590 buffer visiting that file.
13591 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13592 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13593
13594 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13595 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13596
13597 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13598 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13599
13600 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13601 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13602
13603 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13604 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13605
13606 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13607 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13608 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13609 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13610 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13611
13612 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13613 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13614 will be appended with their original headers.
13615
13616 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13617 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13618
13619 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13620 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13621
13622 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13623
13624 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13625 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13626 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13627
13628 ;;;***
13629 \f
13630 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13631 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13632 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13633 ;;;;;; 26387))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13635
13636 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13637 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13638 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13639
13640 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13641 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13642 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13643
13644 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13645 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13646 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13647
13648 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13649 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13650 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13651
13652 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13653 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13654 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13655
13656 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13657 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13658 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13659
13660 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13661 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13662 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13663 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13664
13665 ;;;***
13666 \f
13667 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13668 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13669 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13670 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13671 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14918 52706))
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13673
13674 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13675 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13676
13677 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13678 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13679
13680 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13681 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13682
13683 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13684 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13685 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13686
13687 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13688 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13689 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13690 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13691 only look in the To and From fields.
13692 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13693
13694 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13695 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13696 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13697 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13698 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13699
13700 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13701 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13702 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13703 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13704 look in the whole message.
13705 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13708 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13709 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13710
13711 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13712 *Function to decode summary-line.
13713
13714 By default, `identity' is set.")
13715
13716 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13717 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13718 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13719 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13720 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13721 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13722 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13723
13724 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13725 sent by you under different user names.
13726 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13727
13728 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13729
13730 ;;;***
13731 \f
13732 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13733 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13735
13736 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13737 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13738 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13739 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13740
13741 ;;;***
13742 \f
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13744 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13746
13747 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13748 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13749 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13750
13751 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13752 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13753
13754 ;;;***
13755 \f
13756 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13757 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13758 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13759 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14918 52691))
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13761
13762 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13763 *This variable is obsolete.")
13764
13765 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13766
13767 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13768
13769 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13770 *This variable is obsolete.")
13771
13772 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13773 *This variable is obsolete.")
13774
13775 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13776 *This variable is obsolete.")
13777
13778 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13779 *This variable is obsolete.")
13780
13781 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13782 *This variable is obsolete.")
13783
13784 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13785 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13786
13787 ;;;***
13788 \f
13789 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13790 ;;;;;; (14876 51525))
13791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13792
13793 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13794 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13795 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13796
13797 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13798 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13799 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13800 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13801 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13802 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13803 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13804 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13805
13806 Commands:
13807 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13808 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13809 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13810 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13811 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13814 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13815 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13816
13817 Commands:
13818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13819 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13820 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13821 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13822 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13823 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13824
13825 ;;;***
13826 \f
13827 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13828 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13830
13831 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13832 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13833 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13834
13835 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13836
13837 ;;;***
13838 \f
13839 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13840 ;;;;;; 56615))
13841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13842
13843 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13844 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13845 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13846 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13847
13848 Interesting variables:
13849
13850 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13851 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13852
13853 scribe-electric-quote
13854 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13855
13856 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13857 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13858 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13859
13860 ;;;***
13861 \f
13862 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
13863 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14876 51511))
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
13865
13866 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
13867 Control/track scroll locking.
13868
13869 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13870 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
13871
13872 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13873
13874 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
13875
13876 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
13877 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13882 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13883 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
13884 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
13885 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
13886 ;;;;;; (14949 18695))
13887 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13888
13889 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13890 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13891
13892 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13893 king@grassland.com
13894 If `parens', they look like:
13895 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13896 If `angles', they look like:
13897 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13898 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13899 derived from the envelope-from address.
13900
13901 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13902 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13903 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13904 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13905
13906 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13907 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13908 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13909
13910 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13911 is a privileged operation.")
13912
13913 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13914 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13915 This is done when the message is initialized,
13916 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13917
13918 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13919 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13920 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13921
13922 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13923 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13924
13925 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13926 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13927 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13928 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13929
13930 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13931 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13932
13933 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13934 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13935 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13936
13937 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13938 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13939 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13940 when you first send mail.")
13941
13942 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13943 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13944 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13945 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13946 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13947
13948 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13949 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13950 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13951 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13952 This file need not actually exist.")
13953
13954 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13955 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13956 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13957 If a string, that string is inserted.
13958 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13959 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13960 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13961 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13962
13963 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13964 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13965 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13966 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13967 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13968 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13969 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13970 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13971 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13972 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13973 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13974 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13975 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
13976 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
13977 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
13978
13979 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13980 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13981 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13982 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13983 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13984 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13985
13986 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13987 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13988 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13989
13990 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13991 User should not set this variable manually,
13992 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13993 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13994 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13995 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13996
13997 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13998 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13999 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14000 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14001
14002 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14003 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14004
14005 \\<mail-mode-map>
14006 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14007
14008 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14009 to move to message header fields:
14010 \\{mail-mode-map}
14011
14012 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14013 when the message is initialized.
14014
14015 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14016 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14017
14018 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14019 is inserted.
14020
14021 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14022 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14023
14024 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14025 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14026
14027 The second through fifth arguments,
14028 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14029 the initial contents of those header fields.
14030 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14031 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14032 original message being replied to, or else an action
14033 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14034 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14035 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14036 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14037 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14038 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14041 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14044 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14045
14046 ;;;***
14047 \f
14048 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14918 52691))
14049 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14050
14051 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14052 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14053 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14054 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14055 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14056 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14057
14058 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14059
14060 ;;;***
14061 \f
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14063 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14065
14066 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14067 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14068 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14069 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14070 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14071
14072 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14073 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14074 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14075
14076 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14077 your `.emacs' file.
14078
14079 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14080
14081 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14082 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14083 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14086 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14087 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14088 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14089 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14090 which this is based.
14091
14092 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14093
14094 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14095 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14096 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14097 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14098
14099 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14100 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14101 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14102
14103 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14104 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14105 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14106 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14107
14108 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14109 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14110 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14111 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14112
14113 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14114
14115 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14116 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14117 To work around that, do:
14118 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14119
14120 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14121
14122 ;;;***
14123 \f
14124 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14125 ;;;;;; (14949 18707))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14127
14128 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14129
14130 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14131 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14132 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14133 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14134 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14135 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14136
14137 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14138 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14139 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14140 shell-specific features.
14141
14142 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14143 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14144 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14145
14146 \\[sh-case] case statement
14147 \\[sh-for] for loop
14148 \\[sh-function] function definition
14149 \\[sh-if] if statement
14150 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14151 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14152 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14153 \\[sh-select] select loop
14154 \\[sh-until] until loop
14155 \\[sh-while] while loop
14156
14157 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14158 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14159 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14160 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14161 would indent to the way it currently is.
14162 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14163 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14164
14165
14166 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14167 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14168 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14169 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14170 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14171 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14172
14173 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14174 {, (, [, ', \", `
14175 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14176
14177 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14178 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14179 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14180
14181 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14182 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14183
14184 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14185
14186 ;;;***
14187 \f
14188 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14189 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14191
14192 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14193 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14194
14195 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14196 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14197 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14198 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14199 the earlier.
14200
14201 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14202
14203 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14204
14205 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14206 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14207 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14208
14209 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14210 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14211
14212 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14213 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14214 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14215 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14216 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14217 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14218 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14219 emacs version).
14220
14221 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14222 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14223 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14224 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14225 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14226
14227 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14228 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14229 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14230
14231 ;;;***
14232 \f
14233 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14234 ;;;;;; (14876 51511))
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14236
14237 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14238 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
14239 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
14240 command history when the shell finishes.")
14241
14242 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14243 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14244 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14245 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14246 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14247 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14248 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14249 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14250 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14251 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14252 discards input when it starts up.)
14253 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14254 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14255 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14256
14257 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14258 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14259 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14260 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14261 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14262 `default-process-coding-system'.
14263
14264 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14265 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14266 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14267 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14268
14269 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14270 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14271
14272 ;;;***
14273 \f
14274 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14275 ;;;;;; 23740))
14276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14277
14278 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14279 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14280 \\{simula-mode-map}
14281 Variables controlling indentation style:
14282 simula-tab-always-indent
14283 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14284 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14285 simula-indent-level
14286 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14287 simula-substatement-offset
14288 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14289 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14290 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14291 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14292 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14293 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14294 simula-label-offset -4711
14295 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14296 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14297 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14298 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14299 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14300 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14301 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14302 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14303 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14304 simula-electric-indent nil
14305 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14306 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14307 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14308 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14309 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14310 or nil if they should not be changed.
14311 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14312 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14313 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14314 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14315
14316 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14317 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14318
14319 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14320 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14321 at all." t nil)
14322
14323 ;;;***
14324 \f
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14326 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14327 ;;;;;; (14918 52691))
14328 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14329
14330 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14331 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14332
14333 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14334 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14335 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14336 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14337 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14338
14339 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14340 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14341 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14342 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14343 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14344 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14345 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14346
14347 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14348 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14349 ignored." t nil)
14350
14351 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14352 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14353 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14354 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14355 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14356 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14357 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14358
14359 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14360 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14361 ignored." t nil)
14362
14363 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14364 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14365
14366 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14367 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14368 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14369 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14370
14371 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14372 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14373 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14374 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14375
14376 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14377 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14378 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14379
14380 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14381 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14382
14383 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14384 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14385
14386 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14387 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14388 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14389 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14390 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14391 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14392 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14393 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14394 nil skipped
14395
14396 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14397 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14398 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14399 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14400 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14401 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14402 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14403 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14404
14405 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14406 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14407 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14408 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14409 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14410 available:
14411
14412 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14413 then: insert previously read string once more
14414 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14415 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14416 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14417
14418 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14419 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14420
14421 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14422 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14423
14424 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14425 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14426 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14427 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14428
14429 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14430 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14431 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14432
14433 ;;;***
14434 \f
14435 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14921
14436 ;;;;;; 47235))
14437 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14438
14439 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14440 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14441 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14442
14443 ;;;***
14444 \f
14445 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14446 ;;;;;; (14918 52705))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14448
14449 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14450 Display textual smileys as images.
14451 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14452 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14453 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14454
14455 ;;;***
14456 \f
14457 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14458 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14460
14461 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14462
14463 ;;;***
14464 \f
14465 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14467
14468 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14469 Play the Snake game.
14470 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14471
14472 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14473
14474 snake-mode keybindings:
14475 \\<snake-mode-map>
14476 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14477 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14478 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14479 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14480 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14481 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14482 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14483
14484 " t nil)
14485
14486 ;;;***
14487 \f
14488 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14489 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14491
14492 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14493 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14494 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14495 Tab indents for C code.
14496 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14497 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14498 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14499 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14500 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14501
14502 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14503 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14504 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14505 Tab indents for C code.
14506 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14507 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14508 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14509 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14510 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14511
14512 ;;;***
14513 \f
14514 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14515 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14516 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14518
14519 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14520 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14521
14522 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14523 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14524 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14525
14526 For example, the form
14527
14528 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14529 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14530
14531 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14532
14533 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14534 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14535
14536 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14537 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14538 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14539 York City.
14540
14541 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14542
14543 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14544 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14545
14546 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14547 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14548 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14549 York City.
14550
14551 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14552
14553 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14554 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14555 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14556 pair.
14557
14558 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14559
14560 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14561 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14562 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14563
14564 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14565 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14566
14567 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14568
14569 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14570 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14571 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14572
14573 ;;;***
14574 \f
14575 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14576 ;;;;;; 20348))
14577 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14578
14579 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14580 Play Solitaire.
14581
14582 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14583 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14584 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14585 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14586 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14587 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14588 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14589 check after each move or undo)
14590
14591 What is Solitaire?
14592
14593 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14594 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14595 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14596
14597 Le Solitaire
14598 ============
14599
14600 o o o
14601
14602 o o o
14603
14604 o o o o o o o
14605
14606 o o o . o o o
14607
14608 o o o o o o o
14609
14610 o o o
14611
14612 o o o
14613
14614 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14615 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14616 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14617 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14618
14619 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14620 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14621 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14622 this: o o .
14623
14624 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14625 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14626
14627 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14628
14629 o o o
14630
14631 . o o
14632
14633 o o . o o o o
14634
14635 o . o o o o o
14636
14637 o o o o o o o
14638
14639 o o o
14640
14641 o o o
14642
14643 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14644
14645 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14646
14647 ;;;***
14648 \f
14649 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14650 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14651 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14918 52691))
14652 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14653
14654 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14655 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14656 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14657
14658 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14659 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14660 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14661 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14662 contiguous.
14663
14664 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14665 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14666 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14667 the sort order.
14668
14669 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14670 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14671
14672 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14673 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14674 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14675 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14676 is called.
14677
14678 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14679 It should move point to the end of the record.
14680
14681 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14682 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14683 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14684 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14685 starts at the beginning of the record.
14686
14687 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14688 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14689 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14692 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14693 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14694 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14695 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14696 the sort order." t nil)
14697
14698 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14699 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14700 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14701 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14702 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14703 the sort order." t nil)
14704
14705 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14706 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14707 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14708 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14709 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14710 the sort order." t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14713 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14714 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14715 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14716 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14717 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14718 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14719 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14720 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14723 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14724 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14725 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14726 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14727 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14728 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14729 the sort order." t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14732 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14733 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14734 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14735 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14736 is to be used for sorting.
14737 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14738 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14739 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14740 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14741 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14742
14743 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14744
14745 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14746 the sort order.
14747
14748 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14749 starting with the letter \"f\",
14750 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14753 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14754 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14755 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14756 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14757 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14758 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14759 the sort order.
14760
14761 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14762 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14763 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14764 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14765 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14768 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14769 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14770
14771 ;;;***
14772 \f
14773 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14774 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14783 15356))
14775 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14776
14777 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14778
14779 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14780 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14781 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14782 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14783 supported at a time.
14784 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14785 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14788 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14789 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14790 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14791
14792 ;;;***
14793 \f
14794 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14795 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14797
14798 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14799
14800 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14801 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14802 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14803 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14804 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14805 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14808 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14809 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14810 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14813 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14814 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14815 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14816 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14819 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14820
14821 ;;;***
14822 \f
14823 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
14824 ;;;;;; 31351))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14826
14827 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14828 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14831 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14832
14833 ;;;***
14834 \f
14835 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14836 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14837 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14918 52722))
14838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14839
14840 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14841 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14842
14843 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14844 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14845
14846 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14847
14848 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14849
14850 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14851
14852 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14853 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14854 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14855 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14856 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14857 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14858 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14859
14860 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14861
14862 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14863 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14864 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14865 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14866
14867 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14868 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14869 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14870 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14871
14872 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14873 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14874 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14875
14876 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14877 Major mode to edit SQL.
14878
14879 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14880 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14881 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14882
14883 \\{sql-mode-map}
14884 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14885
14886 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14887 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14888 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14889 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14890 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14891 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14892
14893 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14894 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14895
14896 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14897 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14898
14899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14901 `*SQL*'.
14902
14903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14904 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14905 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14906 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14907
14908 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14909 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14910
14911 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14912 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14913 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14914 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14915 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14916 `default-process-coding-system'.
14917
14918 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14921 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14922
14923 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14924 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14925 `*SQL*'.
14926
14927 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14928 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14929 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14930
14931 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14933
14934 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14935 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14936 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14937 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14938 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14939 `default-process-coding-system'.
14940
14941 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14942
14943 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14944 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14945
14946 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14947 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14948 `*SQL*'.
14949
14950 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14951 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14952
14953 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14954 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14955
14956 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14957 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14958 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14959 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14960 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14961 `default-process-coding-system'.
14962
14963 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14964
14965 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14966 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14967
14968 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14969 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14970
14971 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14972 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14973 `*SQL*'.
14974
14975 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14976 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14977 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14978
14979 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14980 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14981
14982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14984 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14987 `default-process-coding-system'.
14988
14989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14992 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14993
14994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14996 `*SQL*'.
14997
14998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14999 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15000 defaults, if set.
15001
15002 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15003 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15004
15005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15007 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15010 `default-process-coding-system'.
15011
15012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15013
15014 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15015 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15016
15017 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15018 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15019 `*SQL*'.
15020
15021 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15022 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15023
15024 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15025 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15026
15027 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15028 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15029 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15030 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15031 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15032 `default-process-coding-system'.
15033
15034 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15035
15036 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15037 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15038
15039 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15040 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15041 `*SQL*'.
15042
15043 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15044 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15045 as defaults, if set.
15046
15047 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15048 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15049
15050 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15051 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15052 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15053 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15054 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15055 `default-process-coding-system'.
15056
15057 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15058
15059 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15060 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15061
15062 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15063 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15064 `*SQL*'.
15065
15066 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15067 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15068
15069 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15070 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15071
15072 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15073 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15074 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15075 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15076 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15077 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15078 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15079 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15080
15081 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15082 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15083
15084 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15085
15086 ;;;***
15087 \f
15088 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15089 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15090 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15091 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15092 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15093 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15095
15096 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15097 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15099 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15100
15101 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15102
15103 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15104
15105 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15106 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15107 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15108 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15109 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15110 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15111
15112 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15113
15114 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15115 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15116 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15117 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15118 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15119 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15120 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15121
15122 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15123 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15124 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15125 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15126 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15127 then complete the stroke with button3.
15128 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15129
15130 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15131 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15132 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15133
15134 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15135 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15136 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15137
15138 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15139 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15140
15141 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15142
15143 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15144 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15145
15146 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15147 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15148
15149 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15150
15151 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15152 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15153 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15154 chronologically by command name.
15155 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15156
15157 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15158 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15159 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15160 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15161 mode in all buffers when activated.
15162 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15163 new strokes with
15164
15165 > M-x global-set-stroke
15166
15167 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15168 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15169 strokes with
15170
15171 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15172 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15175 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15176 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15177 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15178
15179 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15180 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15181
15182 ;;;***
15183 \f
15184 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15185 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15187
15188 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15189 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15192 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15193
15194 ;;;***
15195 \f
15196 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15197 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15199
15200 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15201 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15202 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15203 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15204 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15205 original message but it does require a few things:
15206
15207 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15208
15209 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15210 reply buffer.
15211
15212 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15213 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15214 original message.
15215
15216 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15217
15218 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15219
15220 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15221 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15222 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15223
15224 ;;;***
15225 \f
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15227 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15228
15229 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15230 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15231 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15232 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15233 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15234
15235 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15236 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15237 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15238 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15239 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15240 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15241 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15242
15243 ;;;***
15244 \f
15245 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15246 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15247
15248 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15249 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15250
15251 ;;;***
15252 \f
15253 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14918 52692))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15255
15256 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15257 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15258 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15259 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15260 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15261 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15262 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15263
15264 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15265 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15266 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15267 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15268
15269 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15270 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15271
15272 ;;;***
15273 \f
15274 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15275 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675))
15276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15277
15278 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15279 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15280 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15281 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15282 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15284
15285 Variables controlling indentation style:
15286 tcl-indent-level
15287 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15288 tcl-continued-indent-level
15289 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15290
15291 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15292 documentation for details):
15293 tcl-tab-always-indent
15294 Controls action of TAB key.
15295 tcl-auto-newline
15296 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15297 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15298 tcl-electric-hash-style
15299 Controls action of `#' key.
15300 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15301 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15302 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15303 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15304 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15305 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15306
15307 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15308 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15309 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15310 already exist.
15311
15312 Commands:
15313 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15316 Run inferior Tcl process.
15317 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15318 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15321 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15322 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15323
15324 ;;;***
15325 \f
15326 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15328 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15329
15330 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15331 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15332 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15333 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15334 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15335 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15336 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15337 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15338
15339 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15340 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15341 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15342 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15343
15344 ;;;***
15345 \f
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14949
15347 ;;;;;; 18684))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15349
15350 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15351 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15352 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15353 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15354 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15355 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15356
15357 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15358 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15359
15360 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15361 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15362
15363 ;;;***
15364 \f
15365 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15366 ;;;;;; 23449))
15367 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15368
15369 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15370 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15371 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15372 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15373 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15374 program as keyboard input.
15375
15376 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15377 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15378 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15379 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15380
15381 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15382 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15383 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15384 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15385 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15386
15387 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15388
15389 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15390 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15391 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15392 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15393
15394 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15395 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15396 subprocess started." t nil)
15397
15398 ;;;***
15399 \f
15400 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15401 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15402
15403 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15404 Play the Tetris game.
15405 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15406 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15407 as to form complete rows.
15408
15409 tetris-mode keybindings:
15410 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15411 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15412 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15413 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15414 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15415 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15416 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15417 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15418 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15419
15420 " t nil)
15421
15422 ;;;***
15423 \f
15424 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15425 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15426 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15427 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15428 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15429 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15430 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15431 ;;;;;; (14918 52723))
15432 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15433
15434 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15435 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15436
15437 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15438 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15439 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15440 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15441 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15442
15443 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15444 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15445 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15446 if it matches the first line of the file,
15447 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15448
15449 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15450 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15451 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15452 if the variable is non-nil.")
15453
15454 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15455 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15456
15457 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15458 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15459 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15460 See the documentation of that variable.")
15461
15462 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15463 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15464 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15465 See the documentation of that variable.")
15466
15467 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15468 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15469 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15470 See the documentation of that variable.")
15471
15472 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15473 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15474 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15475 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15476
15477 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15478 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15479 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15480
15481 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15482 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15483 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15484 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15485
15486 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15487 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15488 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15489 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15490
15491 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15492 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15493 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15494 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15495
15496 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15497 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15498 for example,
15499
15500 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15501 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15502
15503 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15504 use.")
15505
15506 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15507 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15508 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15509 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15510
15511 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15512 window system being used. For example,
15513
15514 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15515 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15516
15517 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15518 otherwise.")
15519
15520 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15521 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15522 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15523
15524 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15525 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15526 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15527 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15528 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15529
15530 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15531 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15532
15533 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15534 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15535
15536 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15537 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15538 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15539 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15540 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15541 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15542 says which mode to use." t nil)
15543
15544 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15545
15546 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15547
15548 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15549
15550 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15551 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15552 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15553 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15554 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15555
15556 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15557 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15558 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15559 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15560 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15561 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15562 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15563
15564 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15565 mismatched $'s or braces.
15566
15567 Special commands:
15568 \\{tex-mode-map}
15569
15570 Mode variables:
15571 tex-run-command
15572 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15573 tex-directory
15574 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15575 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15576 tex-dvi-print-command
15577 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15578 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15579 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15580 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15581 tex-dvi-view-command
15582 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15583 tex-show-queue-command
15584 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15585 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15586
15587 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15588 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15589 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15592 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15593 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15594 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15595 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15596
15597 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15598 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15599 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15600 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15601 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15602 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15603 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15604
15605 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15606 mismatched $'s or braces.
15607
15608 Special commands:
15609 \\{tex-mode-map}
15610
15611 Mode variables:
15612 latex-run-command
15613 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15614 tex-directory
15615 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15616 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15617 tex-dvi-print-command
15618 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15619 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15620 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15621 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15622 tex-dvi-view-command
15623 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15624 tex-show-queue-command
15625 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15626 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15627
15628 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15629 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15630 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15631
15632 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15633 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15634 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15635 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15636 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15637
15638 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15639 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15640 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15641 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15642 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15643 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15644 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15645
15646 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15647 mismatched $'s or braces.
15648
15649 Special commands:
15650 \\{tex-mode-map}
15651
15652 Mode variables:
15653 slitex-run-command
15654 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15655 tex-directory
15656 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15657 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15658 tex-dvi-print-command
15659 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15660 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15661 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15662 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15663 tex-dvi-view-command
15664 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15665 tex-show-queue-command
15666 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15667 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15668
15669 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15670 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15671 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15672 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15673
15674 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15675
15676 ;;;***
15677 \f
15678 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15679 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15681
15682 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15683 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15684 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15685 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15686
15687 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15688 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15689 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15690
15691 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15692 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15693 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15694 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15695 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15696
15697 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15698 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15699 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15700 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15701
15702 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15703 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15704 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15705 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15706
15707 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15708 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15709
15710 ;;;***
15711 \f
15712 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
15713 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (14949 18707))
15714 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15715
15716 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
15717 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15718
15719 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
15720 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15721
15722 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15723 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15724
15725 It has these extra commands:
15726 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15727
15728 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15729 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15730 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15731 modified version of TeX input format.
15732
15733 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15734 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15735 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15736 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15737
15738 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15739 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15740 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15741 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15742 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15743 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15744 in the Texinfo file.
15745
15746 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15747 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15748 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15749 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15750 move forward past the closing brace.
15751
15752 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15753 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15754
15755 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15756 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15757 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15758
15759 Here are the functions:
15760
15761 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15762 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15763 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15764
15765 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15766 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15767 texinfo-master-menu
15768
15769 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15770
15771 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15772 which menu descriptions are indented.
15773
15774 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15775 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15776 in the region.
15777
15778 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15779 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15780 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15781 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15782
15783 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15784 be the first node in the file.
15785
15786
15787 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15788 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15789
15790 ;;;***
15791 \f
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15793 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15794 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15795 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15796
15797 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15798 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15799 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15800 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15801
15802 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15803 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15804
15805 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15806 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15807
15808 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15809
15810 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15811 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15812 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15813 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15814 to compose.
15815
15816 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15817
15818 ;;;***
15819 \f
15820 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15821 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15822 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15823 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15824
15825 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15826 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15829 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15830 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15831 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15832 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15833
15834 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15835 a symbol as a valid THING.
15836
15837 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15838 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15839
15840 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15841 Return the THING at point.
15842 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15843 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15844 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15845
15846 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15847 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15848
15849 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15850
15851 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15852
15853 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15854
15855 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15856
15857 ;;;***
15858 \f
15859 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15860 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15861 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15862 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15863 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15864 ;;;;;; 33974))
15865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15866
15867 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15868 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15869 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15870
15871 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15872 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15873
15874 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15875 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15876 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15877
15878 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15879 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15880
15881 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15882 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15883
15884 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15885 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15886 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15887 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15888
15889 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15890 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15891 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15892 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15893
15894 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15895
15896 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15897 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15898 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15899
15900 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15901 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15902 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15905
15906 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15907
15908 ;;;***
15909 \f
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15911 ;;;;;; (14918 52723))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15913
15914 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15915 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15916 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15917 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15918 parameters.
15919 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15920
15921 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15922 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15923 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15924 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15925 parameters.
15926 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15931 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14876 51512))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15933
15934 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15935 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15936
15937 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15938 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15939 This display updates automatically every minute.
15940 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15941 are displayed as well.
15942 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15943
15944 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15945 Toggle Display-Time mode on or off.
15946 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15948 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15949
15950 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15951
15952 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15953
15954 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15955 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15956 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15957
15958 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15959 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15960 are displayed as well.
15961 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15962
15963 ;;;***
15964 \f
15965 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15966 ;;;;;; (14876 51522))
15967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15968
15969 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15970 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15971
15972 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15973 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15974 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15975
15976 ;;;***
15977 \f
15978 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15979 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14918 52692))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15981
15982 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15983 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15984 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15985 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15986 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15987 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15988 look like one of the following:
15989 Time-stamp: <>
15990 Time-stamp: \" \"
15991 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15992 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15993 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15994 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15995 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15996 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15997 template." t nil)
15998
15999 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16000 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16001 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16002
16003 ;;;***
16004 \f
16005 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16006 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16007 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16008 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16009 ;;;;;; (14845 20873))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16011
16012 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16013 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16014 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16015 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16016 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16017 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16018 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16019 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16022 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16023 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16024 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16025 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16026 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16027 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16028 this function is called within a day.
16029
16030 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16031 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16032 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16033 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16034
16035 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16036 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16037 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16038 begun during the last time segment.
16039
16040 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16041 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16042 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16043 discover the reason." t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16046 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16047
16048 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16049 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16050 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16051 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16052 project you were working on." t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16055 Ask the user before clocking out.
16056 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16057
16058 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16059 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16060 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16061
16062 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16063 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16064 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16065 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16066 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16067 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16068
16069 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16070 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16071 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16072 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16073
16074 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16075 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16076 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16077 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16078 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16079 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16080 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16081 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16082 non-nil." t nil)
16083
16084 ;;;***
16085 \f
16086 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16087 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16088 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16089 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16090
16091 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16092
16093 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16094 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16095
16096 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16097 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16098
16099 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16100 Perform an action at time TIME.
16101 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16102 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16103 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16104 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16105 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16106 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16107
16108 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16111 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16112 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16113 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16114 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16115
16116 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16117
16118 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16119 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16120 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16121 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16122
16123 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16124 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16125 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16126 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16127
16128 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16129 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16130
16131 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16132 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16133
16134 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16135 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16136 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16137 The call should look like:
16138 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16139 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16140 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16141 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16142 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16143
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16147 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14821 31351))
16148 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16149
16150 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16151 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16152 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16153 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16154
16155 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16156 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16157 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16158 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16159 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16160 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16161 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16162
16163 ;;;***
16164 \f
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16166 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14918 52692))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16168 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16169 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16170 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16171
16172 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16173 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16174 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16175 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16176 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16177
16178 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16179 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16180 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16181 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16182 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16185 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16186 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16187 in the menu in two ways:
16188 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16189 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16190 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16191
16192 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16193 keymap or an alist of alists.
16194 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16195 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16196
16197 ;;;***
16198 \f
16199 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16200 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16201 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14949 18685))
16202 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16203
16204 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16205 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16208 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16209
16210 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16211 Insert new TODO list entry.
16212 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16213 category." t nil)
16214
16215 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16216 List top priorities for each category.
16217
16218 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16219 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16220
16221 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16222 between each category." t nil)
16223
16224 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16225 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16226 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16227 between each category.
16228
16229 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16230
16231 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16232 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16233
16234 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16235
16236 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16237 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16238
16239 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16240 Show TODO list." t nil)
16241
16242 ;;;***
16243 \f
16244 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16245 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14918 52723))
16246 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16247
16248 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16249 Toggle Tool-Bar mode on or off.
16250 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16252 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16253
16254 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16255
16256 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16257
16258 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16259 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16260 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16261
16262 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16263 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16264
16265 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16266 Add an item to the tool bar.
16267 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16268 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16269 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16270 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16271
16272 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
16273 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
16274 `find-image'.
16275
16276 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16277 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16278 function." nil nil)
16279
16280 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16281 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16282 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16283 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16284 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16285 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16286 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16287
16288 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16289 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16290 function." nil nil)
16291
16292 ;;;***
16293 \f
16294 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16295 ;;;;;; (14949 18684))
16296 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16297
16298 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16299 Mode for tooltip display.
16300 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16301
16302 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16303 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16305 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16306
16307 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16308
16309 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16310
16311 ;;;***
16312 \f
16313 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14918
16314 ;;;;;; 52693))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16316
16317 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16318
16319 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16320
16321 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16322 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16327 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14918 52693))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16329
16330 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16331 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16334 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16335
16336 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16337 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16338
16339 ;;;***
16340 \f
16341 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16343
16344 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16345 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16346 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16347 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16348 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16349
16350 ;;;***
16351 \f
16352 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16353 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16355
16356 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16357 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16358
16359 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16360 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16361 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16362 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16363 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16364 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16365 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16366 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16369 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16370 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16371 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16372 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16373 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16374 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16375
16376 ;;;***
16377 \f
16378 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16379 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16381 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16382 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16383 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16384
16385 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16386 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16387 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16388 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16389 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16390 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16391 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16392
16393 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16394 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16395 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16396 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16397
16398 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16399
16400 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16401 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16402 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16403 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16404 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16405 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16406 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16407
16408 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16409 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16410
16411 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16412 \\___/\\
16413 / \\
16414 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16415
16416 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16417
16418 ;;;***
16419 \f
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16421 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16422 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16423 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14918 52692))
16424 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16425
16426 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16427 Toggle typing break mode.
16428 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16430 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16431
16432 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16433
16434 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16435
16436 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16437 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16438
16439 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16440 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16441
16442 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16443 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16444 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16445
16446 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16447 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16448
16449 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16450 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16451 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16452
16453 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16454 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16455 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16456 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16457 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16458 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16459
16460 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16461 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16462 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16463 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16464
16465 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16466 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16467
16468 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16469 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16470
16471 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16472 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16473 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16474
16475 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16476 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16477 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16478 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16479 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16480 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16481 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16482
16483 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16484 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16485
16486 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16487 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16488 reset the keystroke counter.
16489
16490 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16491 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16492 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16493 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16494
16495 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16496 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16497 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16498 `type-break-schedule' command.
16499
16500 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16501 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16502 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16503 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16504 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16505 or not to continue.
16506
16507 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16508 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16509 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16510 approximate good values for this.
16511
16512 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16513 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16514
16515 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16516 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16517 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16518 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16519 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16520 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16521
16522 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16523 a typing break occur. They include:
16524
16525 `type-break-query-mode'
16526 `type-break-query-function'
16527 `type-break-query-interval'
16528
16529 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16530
16531 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16532 Take a typing break.
16533
16534 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16535 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16536
16537 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16538 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16539
16540 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16541 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16542 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16543 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16544
16545 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16546 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16547
16548 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16549 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16550 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16551 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16552 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16553 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16554 average typing speed.)
16555
16556 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16557 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16558 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16559 the computed maximum threshold.
16560
16561 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16562 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16563 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16564 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16565 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16566
16567 ;;;***
16568 \f
16569 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16570 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16571 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16572
16573 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16574 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16575 Works by overstriking underscores.
16576 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16577 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16578
16579 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16580 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16581 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16582 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16583
16584 ;;;***
16585 \f
16586 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16587 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16589
16590 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16591 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16592 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16593
16594 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16595 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16596 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16597 following the containing message." t nil)
16598
16599 ;;;***
16600 \f
16601 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16602 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16604
16605 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16606 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16607 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16608 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16609 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16610 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16611
16612 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16613 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16614
16615 ;;;***
16616 \f
16617 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16618 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16620
16621 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16622 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16623 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16624 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16625 to refrain from editing the file
16626 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16627 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16628 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16629 in any way you like." nil nil)
16630
16631 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16632 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16633 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16634 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16635 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16636
16637 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16638 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16643 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14878 8498))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16645
16646 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16647 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16648 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16649 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16650
16651 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16652 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16653 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16654
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16658 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16659 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16660 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16661 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16662 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14949 18685))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16664
16665 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16666 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16667 See `run-hooks'.")
16668
16669 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16670 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16671 See `run-hooks'.")
16672
16673 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16674 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16675 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16676 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16677 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16678 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16679
16680 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16681 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16682 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16683 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16684 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16685
16686 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16687 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16688
16689 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16690 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16691
16692 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16693 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16694 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16695 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16696 lock steals will raise an error.
16697
16698 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16699
16700 For RCS and SCCS files:
16701 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16702 control.
16703 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16704 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16705 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16706 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16707 it performs a revert.
16708 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16709 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16710 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16711 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16712 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16713 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16714 the option to steal the lock.
16715
16716 For CVS files:
16717 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16718 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16719 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16720 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16721 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16722 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16723 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16724 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16725 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16726
16727 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16728 Register the current file into a version control system.
16729 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16730 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16731
16732 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16733 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16734 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16735 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16736 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16737 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16738
16739 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16740 Display diffs between file versions.
16741 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16742 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16743 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16744 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16745
16746 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16747 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16748 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16749 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16750
16751 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16752 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16753 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16754 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16755
16756 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16757 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16758 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16759 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16760 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16761 from the current branch.
16762
16763 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16764
16765 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16766 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16767 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16768
16769 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16770 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16771
16772 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16773
16774 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16775 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16776
16777 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16778 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16779 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16780 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16781 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16782 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16783
16784 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16785 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16786 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16787 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16788 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16789 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16790
16791 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16792 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16793
16794 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16795 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16796 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16797 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16798 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16799
16800 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16801 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16802 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16803
16804 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16805 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16806
16807 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16808 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16809 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16810 directory.
16811
16812 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16813
16814 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16815 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16816 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16817
16818 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16819 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16820
16821 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16822 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16823 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16824 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
16825 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
16826 scale.
16827
16828 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16829 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16830 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16831 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16832
16833 ;;;***
16834 \f
16835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14949 18684))
16836 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16837 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16838 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16839 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16840 (require 'vc-cvs)
16841 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16842
16843 ;;;***
16844 \f
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16846 ;;;;;; (14949 18684))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16848
16849 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16850 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16851 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16852
16853 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16854
16855 ;;;***
16856 \f
16857 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16858 ;;;;;; (14949 18684))
16859 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16860
16861 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16862 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16863 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16864
16865 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16866
16867 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16868 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16869 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16870 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16871
16872 ;;;***
16873 \f
16874 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16875 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16877
16878 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16879 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16880
16881 Usage:
16882 ------
16883
16884 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16885 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16886 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16887 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16888 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16889 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16890 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16891 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16892 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16893 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16894 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16895 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16896 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16897 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16898 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16899 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16900 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16901 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16902 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16903
16904 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16905 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16906 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16907
16908 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16909 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16910 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16911 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16912 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16913 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16914 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16915 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16916 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16917
16918 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16919 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16920 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16921 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16922 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16923 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16924 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16925 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16926
16927 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16928 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16929 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16930
16931 - COMMENTS:
16932 `--' puts a single comment.
16933 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16934 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16935 comment in between.
16936 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16937 following lines.
16938 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16939 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16940
16941 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16942 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16943 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16944 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16945 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16946 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16947 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16948 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16949 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16950 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16951 multi-line comments.
16952
16953 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16954 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16955 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16956 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16957 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16958 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16959 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16960 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16961 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16962
16963 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16964 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16965 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16966 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16967 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16968 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16969 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16970 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16971 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16972 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16973
16974 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16975 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16976 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16977 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16978 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16979 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16980 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16981 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16982 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16983 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16984 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16985 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16986 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16987
16988 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16989
16990 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16991 menu).
16992
16993 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16994
16995 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16996 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
16997 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
16998 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
16999 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17000
17001 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17002 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17003 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17004 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17005 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17006 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17007 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17008 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17009 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17010
17011 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17012 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17013 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17014 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17015 specified.
17016
17017 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17018 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17019 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17020 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17021 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17022 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17023
17024 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17025 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17026 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17027 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17028 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17029 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17030 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17031 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17032 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17033 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17034 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17035
17036 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17037 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17038 Math Packages.
17039
17040 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17041 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17042 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17043 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17044 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17045 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17046 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17047 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17048
17049 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17050 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17051 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17052 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17053 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17054 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17055
17056 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17057 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17058 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17059 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17060 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17061
17062 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17063 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17064 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17065 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17066 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17067
17068 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17069 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17070 highlighted if written in lower case.
17071
17072 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17073 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17074 is non-nil.
17075
17076 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17077 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17078 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17079
17080 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17081 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17082 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17083
17084 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17085 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17086 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17087
17088 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17089 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17090 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17091 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17092 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17093 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17094 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17095
17096 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17097 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17098 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17099 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17100 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17101
17102 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17103 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17104 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17105 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17106
17107 - HINTS:
17108 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17109
17110
17111 Maintenance:
17112 ------------
17113
17114 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17115 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17116
17117 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17118
17119 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17120 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17121 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17122 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17123
17124 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17125 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17126 version and release notes can be found.
17127
17128
17129 Bugs and Limitations:
17130 ---------------------
17131
17132 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17133 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17134 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17135 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17136 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17137 does not work under XEmacs.
17138
17139
17140 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17141 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17142
17143 Key bindings:
17144 -------------
17145
17146 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17147
17148 ;;;***
17149 \f
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17152
17153 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17154 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17155 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17156 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17157
17158 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17159 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17160 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17161 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17162 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17163
17164 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17165 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17166
17167 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17168
17169 * Limitations and unsupported features
17170 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17171 not supported.
17172 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17173 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17174
17175 * Modifications
17176 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17177 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17178 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17179 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17180 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17181 for undoing a repeated change command.
17182 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17183 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17184 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17185
17186 * Extensions
17187 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17188 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17189 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17190 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17191 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17192 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17193 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17194 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17195
17196 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17197
17198 ;;;***
17199 \f
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17201 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17202 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17203 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17205
17206 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17207 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17208
17209 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17210 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17211 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17212 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17213
17214 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17215 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17216
17217 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17218 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17219 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17220 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17221
17222 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17223 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17224
17225 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17226
17227 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17228
17229 ;;;***
17230 \f
17231 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17232 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17233 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14876
17234 ;;;;;; 51515))
17235 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17236
17237 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17238 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17239 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17240 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17241
17242 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17243
17244 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17245 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17246 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17247 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17248 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17249 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17250 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17251
17252 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17253
17254 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17255 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17256 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17259 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17262
17263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17266 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17267 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17268 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17269 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17270 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17271 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17272 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17273
17274 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17275
17276 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17277 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17278 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17279 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17280 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17281 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17282 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17283
17284 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17285
17286 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17287 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17288 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17289
17290 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17291 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17298
17299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17300
17301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17303 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17304
17305 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17306 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17307 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17308 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17309 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17310 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17311 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17312 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17313
17314 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17315
17316 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17317 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17318 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17319
17320 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17321 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17322 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17323
17324 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17325 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17326 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17327 read-only.
17328 \\<view-mode-map>
17329 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17330 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17331 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17332 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17333 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17334
17335 H, h, ? This message.
17336 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17337 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17338 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17339 > move to the end of buffer.
17340 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17341 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17342 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17343 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17344 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17345 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17346 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17347 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17348 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17349 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17350 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17351 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17352 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17353 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17354 Use this to view a changing file.
17355 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17356 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17357 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17358 . set the mark.
17359 x exchanges point and mark.
17360 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17361 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17362 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17363 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17364 ' go to position saved in character register.
17365 s do forward incremental search.
17366 r do reverse incremental search.
17367 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17368 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17369 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17370 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17371 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17372 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17373 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17374 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17375 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17376 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17377 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17378 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17379 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17380 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17381 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17382
17383 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17384 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17385 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17386 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17387 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17388 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17389 will return to that buffer.
17390
17391 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17394 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17395 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17396 `view-return-to-alist'.
17397 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17398 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17399 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17400
17401 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17402 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17403 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17404 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17405 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17406 1) nil Do nothing.
17407 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17408 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17409 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17410 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17411
17412 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17413
17414 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17415
17416 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17417 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17418
17419 ;;;***
17420 \f
17421 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17423
17424 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17425 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17426
17427 ;;;***
17428 \f
17429 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17430 ;;;;;; (14878 17056))
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17432
17433 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17434 Toggle Viper on/off.
17435 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17436
17437 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17438 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17439
17440 ;;;***
17441 \f
17442 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17444
17445 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17446 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17447
17448 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17449 hotlist.
17450
17451 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17452 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17453
17454 ;;;***
17455 \f
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17457 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14876 51515))
17458 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17459
17460 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17461 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17462 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17463 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17464
17465 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17466
17467 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17468
17469 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17470
17471 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17472 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17473 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17474 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17475
17476 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17477 and off otherwise." t nil)
17478
17479 ;;;***
17480 \f
17481 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17482 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17483 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14949 18685))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17485
17486 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17487 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17488 These are:
17489 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17490 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17491 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17492 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17493 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17494
17495 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17496 and:
17497 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17498 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17499
17500 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17501 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17502
17503 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17504 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17505
17506 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17507 whitespace problems." t nil)
17508
17509 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17510 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17511
17512 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17513 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17514
17515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17516 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17517 \(which see).")
17518
17519 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17520
17521 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17522
17523 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17524 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17525
17526 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17527 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17528
17529 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17530 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17531 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17532 replaced with TABS).
17533 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17534 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17535
17536 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17537
17538 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17539 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17540
17541 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17542 i - Indentation whitespace.
17543 l - Leading whitespace.
17544 s - Space followed by Tab.
17545 t - Trailing whitespace.
17546
17547 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17548 !<y>.
17549
17550 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17551 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17552 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17553 always they default to 8.)
17554
17555 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17556 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17557 even print it.
17558
17559 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17560 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17561 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17562 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17563 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17564 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17565 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17566 to set smarttab.)
17567
17568 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17569 merge problems.
17570
17571 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17572 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17573 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17574
17575 ;;;***
17576 \f
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17578 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 21039))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17580
17581 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17582 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17583
17584 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17585 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17588 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17589
17590 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17591 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17592 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17597 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14949 18685))
17598 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17599
17600 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17601 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17602 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17603
17604 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17605 Create widget of TYPE.
17606 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17607
17608 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17609 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17610
17611 ;;;***
17612 \f
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17614 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17615 ;;;;;; 44775))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17617
17618 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17619 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17620 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17621 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17622 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17623 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17624 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17625
17626 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17627 Select the window above the current one.
17628 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17629 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17630 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17631 negative ARG) of the current window.
17632 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17635 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17636 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17637 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17638 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17639 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17640 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17643 Select the window below the current one.
17644 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17645 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17646 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17647 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17648 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17649
17650 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17651 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17652
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17656 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17658
17659 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17660 Toggle winner-mode.
17661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17662 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17663
17664 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17665
17666 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17667
17668 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17669 Toggle Winner mode.
17670 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17671
17672 ;;;***
17673 \f
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17675 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751))
17676 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17677
17678 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17679 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17680 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17681 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17682 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17683 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17684 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17685 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17686
17687 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17688 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17689
17690 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17691 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17692
17693 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17694 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17695 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17696 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17697 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17698 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17699 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17700 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17701
17702 ;;;***
17703 \f
17704 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17705 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17707
17708 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17709 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17710
17711 BUGS:
17712 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17713 are not implemented
17714 - Options for search and replace
17715 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17716 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17717
17718 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17719 Emacs-like.
17720
17721 The key bindings are:
17722
17723 C-a backward-word
17724 C-b fill-paragraph
17725 C-c scroll-up-line
17726 C-d forward-char
17727 C-e previous-line
17728 C-f forward-word
17729 C-g delete-char
17730 C-h backward-char
17731 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17732 C-j help-for-help
17733 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17734 C-l ws-repeat-search
17735 C-n open-line
17736 C-p quoted-insert
17737 C-r scroll-down-line
17738 C-s backward-char
17739 C-t kill-word
17740 C-u keyboard-quit
17741 C-v overwrite-mode
17742 C-w scroll-down
17743 C-x next-line
17744 C-y kill-complete-line
17745 C-z scroll-up
17746
17747 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17748 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17749 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17750 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17751 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17752 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17753 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17754 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17755 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17756 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17757 C-k b ws-begin-block
17758 C-k c ws-copy-block
17759 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17760 C-k f find-file
17761 C-k h ws-show-markers
17762 C-k i ws-indent-block
17763 C-k k ws-end-block
17764 C-k p ws-print-block
17765 C-k q kill-emacs
17766 C-k r insert-file
17767 C-k s save-some-buffers
17768 C-k t ws-mark-word
17769 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17770 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17771 C-k v ws-move-block
17772 C-k w ws-write-block
17773 C-k x kill-emacs
17774 C-k y ws-delete-block
17775
17776 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17777 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17778 C-o j justify-current-line
17779 C-o k kill-buffer
17780 C-o l list-buffers
17781 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17782 C-o r set-fill-column
17783 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17784 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17785 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17786 C-o wo other-window
17787 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17788
17789 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17790 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17791 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17792 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17793 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17794 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17795 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17796 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17797 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17798 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17799 C-q a ws-query-replace
17800 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17801 C-q c end-of-buffer
17802 C-q d end-of-line
17803 C-q f ws-search
17804 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17805 C-q l ws-undo
17806 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17807 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17808 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17809 C-q w ws-last-error
17810 C-q y ws-kill-eol
17811 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17812 " t nil)
17813
17814 ;;;***
17815 \f
17816 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17817 ;;;;;; 149))
17818 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17819
17820 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17821 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17822 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17823
17824 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17825
17826 ;;;***
17827 \f
17828 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17829 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
17830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17831
17832 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17833 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17834
17835 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17836 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17837
17838 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17839 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17840 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17843 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17844
17845 ;;;***
17846 \f
17847 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
17848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17849
17850 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17851 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17852
17853 ;;;***
17854 \f
17855 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17856 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17858
17859 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17860 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17863 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17864
17865 Zone-mode does two things:
17866
17867 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17868 when saving the file
17869
17870 - fontification" t nil)
17871
17872 ;;;***
17873 \f
17874 ;;; Local Variables:
17875 ;;; version-control: never
17876 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17877 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17878 ;;; End:
17879 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here